Handling hci_conn_hash with RCU make us avoid some locking and disable
tasklets.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
spin lock doesn't fit ok anymore on the new code based on workqueues.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
L2CAP timers also need to run in process context. As the works in l2cap
are small we are using the system worqueue.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As HCI rx path is now done in process context it makes sense to do all the
timer in process context as well.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Bluetooth rx task runs now in a workqueue, so it a good approach run any
timer that share locking with process context code also in a workqueue.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Now we run everything in HCI in process context, so it's a better idea use
mutex instead spin_lock. The macro remains hci_dev_lock() (and I got rid
of hci_dev_lock_bh()), of course.
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Run recv process in workqueue helps a lot with our processing as the recv
path will also be in the process context, i.e., now all our tx and rx are
in process context.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We can use atomic64_t infrastructure to avoid taking a spinlock in fast
path, and remove inaccuracies while reading values in
ctnetlink_dump_counters() and connbytes_mt() on 32bit arches.
Suggested by Pablo.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
CC: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By definition WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY was intended to allow the
wiphy to adjust itself to the country IE power information if the
card had no regulatory data but we had no way to tell cfg80211 that if
the card also had its own custom regulatory domain (these are typically
custom world regulatory domains) that we want to follow the country IE's
noted values for power for each channel. We add support for this and
document it.
This is not a critical fix but a performance optimization for cards
with custom regulatory domains that associate to an AP with sends
out country IEs with a higher EIRP than the one on the custom
regulatory domain. In practice the only driver affected right now
are the Atheros drivers as they are the only drivers using both
WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY and WIPHY_FLAG_CUSTOM_REGULATORY --
used on cards that have an Atheros world regulatory domain. Cards
that have been programmed to follow a country specifically will not
follow the country IE power. So although not a stable fix distributions
should consider cherry picking this.
Cc: compat@orbit-lab.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Senthilkumar Balasubramanian <senthilb@qca.qualcomm.com>
Reported-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The nl80211 station handling code is a bit messy
and doesn't do a lot of validation. It seems like
this could be an issue for drivers that don't use
mac80211 to validate everything.
As cfg80211 doesn't keep station state, move the
validation of allowing supported_rates to change
for TDLS only in station mode to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Without an API for setting and getting the local and remote general bytes,
drivers won't be able to properly establish a DEP link.
This API also allows them to propagate the remote general bytes they get
from the DEP link establishment up to the LLCP layer.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
NFC-DEP (Data Exchange Protocol) is an NFC MAC layer.
This command allows to enable and disable the DEP link on to which e.g.
LLCP can run.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is a factorization of the current rawsock tx skb allocation routine,
as it will be used by the LLCP code.
We also rename nfc_alloc_skb to nfc_alloc_recv_skb for consistency sake.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit b099ce2602 (net: Batch inet_twsk_purge) added rcu protection
on tw_net for no obvious reason.
struct net are refcounted anyway since timewait sockets escape from rcu
protected sections. tw_net stay valid for the whole timwait lifetime.
This also removes a lot of sparse errors.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's simpler to just keep these things out until there is a real user
of them, so we can see what the needs actually are, rather than keep
these things around as useless overhead.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is quite possible to run into a race in bss timeout where
the drivers see the bss entry just before notifying cfg80211
of a roaming event but it got timed out by the time rdev->event_work
got scehduled from cfg80211_wq. This would result in the following
WARN-ON() along with the failure to notify the user space of
the roaming. The other situation which is happening with ath6kl
that runs into issue is when the driver reports roam to same AP
event where the AP bss entry already got expired. To fix this,
move cfg80211_get_bss() from __cfg80211_roamed() to cfg80211_roamed().
[158645.538384] WARNING: at net/wireless/sme.c:586
__cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1()
[158645.538810] Call Trace:
[158645.538838] [<c1033527>] warn_slowpath_common+0x65/0x7a
[158645.538917] [<c14cfacf>] ? __cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1
[158645.538946] [<c103354b>] warn_slowpath_null+0xf/0x13
[158645.539055] [<c14cfacf>] __cfg80211_roamed+0xc2/0x1b1
[158645.539086] [<c14beb5b>] cfg80211_process_rdev_events+0x153/0x1cc
[158645.539166] [<c14bd57b>] cfg80211_event_work+0x26/0x36
[158645.539195] [<c10482ae>] process_one_work+0x219/0x38b
[158645.539273] [<c14bd555>] ? wiphy_new+0x419/0x419
[158645.539301] [<c10486cb>] worker_thread+0xf6/0x1bf
[158645.539379] [<c10485d5>] ? rescuer_thread+0x1b5/0x1b5
[158645.539407] [<c104b3e2>] kthread+0x62/0x67
[158645.539484] [<c104b380>] ? __init_kthread_worker+0x42/0x42
[158645.539514] [<c151309a>] kernel_thread_helper+0x6/0xd
Reported-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reported-by: Christoph Paasch <christoph.paasch@uclouvain.be>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch uses the "tcp.limit_in_bytes" field of the kmem_cgroup to
effectively control the amount of kernel memory pinned by a cgroup.
This value is ignored in the root cgroup, and in all others,
caps the value specified by the admin in the net namespaces'
view of tcp_sysctl_mem.
If namespaces are being used, the admin is allowed to set a
value bigger than cgroup's maximum, the same way it is allowed
to set pretty much unlimited values in a real box.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows each namespace to independently set up
its levels for tcp memory pressure thresholds. This patch
alone does not buy much: we need to make this values
per group of process somehow. This is achieved in the
patches that follows in this patchset.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces memory pressure controls for the tcp
protocol. It uses the generic socket memory pressure code
introduced in earlier patches, and fills in the
necessary data in cg_proto struct.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujtisu.com>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The goal of this work is to move the memory pressure tcp
controls to a cgroup, instead of just relying on global
conditions.
To avoid excessive overhead in the network fast paths,
the code that accounts allocated memory to a cgroup is
hidden inside a static_branch(). This branch is patched out
until the first non-root cgroup is created. So when nobody
is using cgroups, even if it is mounted, no significant performance
penalty should be seen.
This patch handles the generic part of the code, and has nothing
tcp-specific.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujtsu.com>
CC: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill@shutemov.name>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch replaces all uses of struct sock fields' memory_pressure,
memory_allocated, sockets_allocated, and sysctl_mem to acessor
macros. Those macros can either receive a socket argument, or a mem_cgroup
argument, depending on the context they live in.
Since we're only doing a macro wrapping here, no performance impact at all is
expected in the case where we don't have cgroups disabled.
Signed-off-by: Glauber Costa <glommer@parallels.com>
Reviewed-by: Hiroyouki Kamezawa <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
CC: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
CC: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of testing defined(CONFIG_IPV6) || defined(CONFIG_IPV6_MODULE)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The UDP diag get_exact handler will require them to find a
socket by provided net, [sd]addr-s, [sd]ports and device.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now RED uses a Q0.32 number to store max_p (max probability), allow
RED/GRED/CHOKE to use/report full resolution at config/dump time.
Old tc binaries are non aware of new attributes, and still set/get Plog.
New tc binary set/get both Plog and max_p for backward compatibility,
they display "probability value" if they get max_p from new kernels.
# tc -d qdisc show dev ...
...
qdisc red 10: parent 1:1 limit 360Kb min 30Kb max 90Kb ecn ewma 5
probability 0.09 Scell_log 15
Make sure we avoid potential divides by 0 in reciprocal_value(), if
(max_th - min_th) is big.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adaptative RED AQM for linux, based on paper from Sally FLoyd,
Ramakrishna Gummadi, and Scott Shenker, August 2001 :
http://icir.org/floyd/papers/adaptiveRed.pdf
Goal of Adaptative RED is to make max_p a dynamic value between 1% and
50% to reach the target average queue : (max_th - min_th) / 2
Every 500 ms:
if (avg > target and max_p <= 0.5)
increase max_p : max_p += alpha;
else if (avg < target and max_p >= 0.01)
decrease max_p : max_p *= beta;
target :[min_th + 0.4*(min_th - max_th),
min_th + 0.6*(min_th - max_th)].
alpha : min(0.01, max_p / 4)
beta : 0.9
max_P is a Q0.32 fixed point number (unsigned, with 32 bits mantissa)
Changes against our RED implementation are :
max_p is no longer a negative power of two (1/(2^Plog)), but a Q0.32
fixed point number, to allow full range described in Adatative paper.
To deliver a random number, we now use a reciprocal divide (thats really
a multiply), but this operation is done once per marked/droped packet
when in RED_BETWEEN_TRESH window, so added cost (compared to previous
AND operation) is near zero.
dump operation gives current max_p value in a new TCA_RED_MAX_P
attribute.
Example on a 10Mbit link :
tc qdisc add dev $DEV parent 1:1 handle 10: est 1sec 8sec red \
limit 400000 min 30000 max 90000 avpkt 1000 \
burst 55 ecn adaptative bandwidth 10Mbit
# tc -s -d qdisc show dev eth3
...
qdisc red 10: parent 1:1 limit 400000b min 30000b max 90000b ecn
adaptative ewma 5 max_p=0.113335 Scell_log 15
Sent 50414282 bytes 34504 pkt (dropped 35, overlimits 1392 requeues 0)
rate 9749Kbit 831pps backlog 72056b 16p requeues 0
marked 1357 early 35 pdrop 0 other 0
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Prepare cfg80211 for IBSS HT:
* extend cfg80211 ibss struct with channel_type
* Check if extension channel can be used
* Export can_beacon_sec_chan for use in mac80211 (will be called
from ibss.c later).
Signed-off-by: Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com>
[siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de: Updates]
* fix cfg80211_can_beacon_ext_chan comment
* remove implicit channel_type enum assumptions
* remove radar channel flags check
* add HT IBSS feature flag
* reword commit message
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix dump upon device removal, by moving deinitialization from
platform-device-remove to network-interface-uninit.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To reflect the fact that a refrence is not obtained to the
resulting neighbour entry.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
like rt6_lookup, but allows caller to pass in flowi6 structure.
Will be used by the upcoming ipv6 netfilter reverse path filter
match.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
It's only used in net/ipv6/route.c and the NULL device check is
superfluous for all of the existing call sites.
Just expand the __ndisc_lookup_errno() call at each location.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While parsing through IPv6 extension headers, fragment headers are
skipped making them invisible to the caller. This reports the
fragment offset of the last header in order to make it possible to
determine whether the packet is fragmented and, if so whether it is
a first or last fragment.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Open vSwitch uses Generic Netlink interface for communication
between userspace and kernel module. genl_notify() is used
for sending notification back to userspace.
genl_notify() is analogous to rtnl_notify() but uses genl_sock
instead of rtnl.
Signed-off-by: Pravin B Shelar <pshelar@nicira.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Use bluetooth names instead of BT SIG assigned numbers
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The below patch fixes some typos in various parts of the kernel, as well as fixes some comments.
Please let me know if I missed anything, and I will try to get it changed and resent.
Signed-off-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This patch adds the parameter struct and the command complete event
handler to the LE Set Scan Parameter HCI command.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the dev_flags field to struct hci_dev. This new
flags variable should be used to define flags related to BR/EDR
and/or LE controller itself. It should be used to define flags
which represents states from the controller. The dev_flags is
cleared in case the controller sends a Reset Command Complete
Event to the host.
Also, this patch adds the HCI_LE_SCAN flag which was created to
track if the controller is performing LE scan or not. The flag
is set/cleared when the controller starts/stops scanning.
This is an initial effort to stop using hdev->flags to define
internal flags since it is exported to userspace by an ioctl.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Upstream Code Aurora function with minor trivial fixes.
Origin: git://codeaurora.org/kernel/msm.git
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
gcc compiler is smart enough to use a single load/store if we
memcpy(dptr, sptr, 8) on x86_64, regardless of
CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE
In IP header, daddr immediately follows saddr, this wont change in the
future. We only need to make sure our flowi4 (saddr,daddr) fields wont
break the rule.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Include linux/if_ether.h to fix below build errors:
CC arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/common.o
In file included from arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/common.c:19:
include/net/dsa.h: In function 'dsa_uses_dsa_tags':
include/net/dsa.h:192: error: 'ETH_P_DSA' undeclared (first use in this function)
include/net/dsa.h:192: error: (Each undeclared identifier is reported only once
include/net/dsa.h:192: error: for each function it appears in.)
include/net/dsa.h: In function 'dsa_uses_trailer_tags':
include/net/dsa.h:197: error: 'ETH_P_TRAILER' undeclared (first use in this function)
make[1]: *** [arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/common.o] Error 1
make: *** [arch/arm/mach-kirkwood] Error 2
Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For some MITM protection pairing scenarios, the user is
required to enter or accept a 6 digit passkey.
Signed-off-by: Brian Gix <bgix@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Remove unused enum cfcnfg_phy_type and the parameter to cfserl_create.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enrolling CAIF link layers are refactored.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit a4a710c4a7 (pkt_sched: Change PSCHED_SHIFT from 10 to
6) it seems RED/GRED are broken.
red_calc_qavg_from_idle_time() computes a delay in us units, but this
delay is now 16 times bigger than real delay, so the final qavg result
smaller than expected.
Use standard kernel time services since there is no need to obfuscate
them.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of instantiating an entire new neigh_table instance
just for ATM handling, use the neigh device private facility.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We are going to alloc for device specific private areas for
neighbour entries, and in order to do that we have to move
away from the fixed allocation size enforced by using
neigh_table->kmem_cachep
As a nice side effect we can now use kfree_rcu().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tons of drivers missed that we use mBm and not dBm...
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Le lundi 28 novembre 2011 à 19:06 -0500, David Miller a écrit :
> From: Dimitris Michailidis <dm@chelsio.com>
> Date: Mon, 28 Nov 2011 08:25:39 -0800
>
> >> +bool skb_flow_dissect(const struct sk_buff *skb, struct flow_keys
> >> *flow)
> >> +{
> >> + int poff, nhoff = skb_network_offset(skb);
> >> + u8 ip_proto;
> >> + u16 proto = skb->protocol;
> >
> > __be16 instead of u16 for proto?
>
> I'll take care of this when I apply these patches.
( CC trimmed )
Thanks David !
Here is a small patch to use one 64bit load/store on x86_64 instead of
two 32bit load/stores.
[PATCH net-next] flow_dissector: use a 64bit load/store
gcc compiler is smart enough to use a single load/store if we
memcpy(dptr, sptr, 8) on x86_64, regardless of
CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE
In IP header, daddr immediately follows saddr, this wont change in the
future. We only need to make sure our flow_keys (src,dst) fields wont
break the rule.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since 2005 (c1b4a7e695)
tcp_tso_should_defer has been using tcp_max_burst() as a target limit
for deciding how large to make outgoing TSO packets when not using
sysctl_tcp_tso_win_divisor. But since 2008
(dd9e0dda66) tcp_max_burst() returns the
reordering degree. We should not have tcp_tso_should_defer attempt to
build larger segments just because there is more reordering. This
commit splits the notion of deferral size used in TSO from the notion
of burst size used in cwnd moderation, and returns the TSO deferral
limit to its original value.
Signed-off-by: Neal Cardwell <ncardwell@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Any headers included by drivers should be under include/, and
any definitions they use are not really private to the core as
the name "dsa_priv.h" suggests.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@wantstofly.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We use at least two flow dissectors in network stack, with known
limitations and code duplication.
Introduce skb_flow_dissect() to factorize this, highly inspired from
existing dissector from __skb_get_rxhash()
Note : We extensively use skb_header_pointer(), this permits us to not
touch skb at all.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As per 802.11mb 13.9.11.3
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch contains the configuration changes in nl80211/cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now inetpeer is the place where we cache redirect information for ipv4
destinations, we must be able to invalidate informations when a route is
added/removed on host.
As inetpeer is not yet namespace aware, this patch adds a shared
redirect_genid, and a per inetpeer redirect_genid. This might be changed
later if inetpeer becomes ns aware.
Cache information for one inerpeer is valid as long as its
redirect_genid has the same value than global redirect_genid.
Reported-by: Arkadiusz Miśkiewicz <a.miskiewicz@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Arkadiusz Miśkiewicz <a.miskiewicz@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
eth_type_trans() will use these functions if DSA is enabled, which
blocks building DSA as a module.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We move all mtu handling from dst_mtu() down to the protocol
layer. So each protocol can implement the mtu handling in
a different manner.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We plan to invoke the dst_opt->default_mtu() method unconditioally
from dst_mtu(). So rename the method to dst_opt->mtu() to match
the name with the new meaning.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can not update iph->daddr in ip_options_rcv_srr(), It is too early.
When some exception ocurred later (eg. in ip_forward() when goto
sr_failed) we need the ip header be identical to the original one as
ICMP need it.
Add a field 'nexthop' in struct ip_options to save nexthop of LSRR
or SSRR option.
Signed-off-by: Li Wei <lw@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I broke the build with the addition of netprio_cgroups if CONFIG_CGROUPS=n.
This patch corrects it by moving the offending struct into an ifdef
CONFIG_CGROUPS block. Also clean up a few needless defines and inline functions
that don't get called if CONFIG_CGROUPS isn't defined while Im at it.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
C assignment can handle struct in6_addr copying.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Current addr_match() is errh, under-optimized.
Compiler doesn't know that memcmp() branch doesn't trigger for IPv4.
Also, pass addresses by value -- they fit into register.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds in the infrastructure code to create the network priority
cgroup. The cgroup, in addition to the standard processes file creates two
control files:
1) prioidx - This is a read-only file that exports the index of this cgroup.
This is a value that is both arbitrary and unique to a cgroup in this subsystem,
and is used to index the per-device priority map
2) priomap - This is a writeable file. On read it reports a table of 2-tuples
<name:priority> where name is the name of a network interface and priority is
indicates the priority assigned to frames egresessing on the named interface and
originating from a pid in this cgroup
This cgroup allows for skb priority to be set prior to a root qdisc getting
selected. This is benenficial for DCB enabled systems, in that it allows for any
application to use dcb configured priorities so without application modification
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
CC: Robert Love <robert.w.love@intel.com>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes an oops that can be triggered following this recipe:
0) make sure nf_conntrack_netlink and nf_conntrack_ipv4 are loaded.
1) container is started.
2) connect to it via lxc-console.
3) generate some traffic with the container to create some conntrack
entries in its table.
4) stop the container: you hit one oops because the conntrack table
cleanup tries to report the destroy event to user-space but the
per-netns nfnetlink socket has already gone (as the nfnetlink
socket is per-netns but event callback registration is global).
To fix this situation, we make the ctnl_notifier per-netns so the
callback is registered/unregistered if the container is
created/destroyed.
Alex Bligh and Alexey Dobriyan originally proposed one small patch to
check if the nfnetlink socket is gone in nfnetlink_has_listeners,
but this is a very visited path for events, thus, it may reduce
performance and it looks a bit hackish to check for the nfnetlink
socket only to workaround this situation. As a result, I decided
to follow the bigger path choice, which seems to look nicer to me.
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Alex Bligh <alex@alex.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
This allows users to disable features such as HT, HT40,
and to modify the MCS, AMPDU, and AMSDU settings for
drivers that support it.
The MCS, AMPDU, and AMSDU features that may be disabled are
are reported in the phy-info netlink message as a mask.
Attemping to disable features that are not supported will
take no affect, but will not return errors. This is to aid
backwards compatibility in user-space apps that may not be
clever enough to deal with parsing the the capabilities mask.
This patch only enables the infrastructure. An additional
patch will enable the feature in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No other driver ever ended up using this, and
the commit forgot to move the prototype so no
driver could have used it. Revert it, if any
driver shows up and needs it it can be moved
again, but until then it's more efficient to
have it in mac80211 where the only user is.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently mac80211 implements these for all devices,
but given restrictions of some devices that isn't
really true, so prepare for being able to remove the
capability for some mac80211 devices.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers can usually handle fragmented packets
much easier when they get the entire list of
fragments at once. The only thing they need to
do is keep enough space on the queues for up
to ten fragments of a single MSDU.
This allows them to implement this with a new
operation tx_frags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This grants drivers access to the DFS region that a
regulatory domain belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The wireless-regdb now has support for mapping a country to
one DFS region. CRDA sends this to us now so process it
so we can provide that hint to drivers. This will later be
used by code for processing DFS in a way that meets the
criteria for the DFS region the country belongs to.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
v2: add couple missing conversions in drivers
split unexporting netdev_fix_features()
implemented %pNF
convert sock::sk_route_(no?)caps
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The mgmt_start_discovery command contains the type of discovery that
should be started so this should be passed to the start_discovery
function. This patch doesn't yet add any action depending on the type of
the requested discovery.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The management protocol uses a single byte for error codes (aka command
status). In some places this value is directly copied from HCI and in
other a POSIX error number is used. This makes it impossible for
user-space to uniquily decipher the meaning of an error.
To solve this issue a new mgmt-specific set of error codes is added
along with a conversion table for HCI status values.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The kernel needs to know whether it should connect to a device over
BR/EDR or over LE. This is particularly important in the future when
dual-mode device may be connectable also over LE. It is also important
if/when we decide to move the LE advertisement cache from the kernel
into user-space. Adding the type to the mgmt command also ensures
conformance with the latest mgmt API spec.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patches creates mgmt_stop_discovery_failed() which removes
pending MGMT_OP_STOP_DISCOVERY commands and sends proper command
status events.
This patch also fixes the MGMT_OP_STOP_DISCOVERY command leak in
case cancel inquiry fails.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch renames the function mgmt_inquiry_failed() to
mgmt_start_discovery_failed(). This function is more related
to MGMT_OP_START_DISCOVERY command handling than to inquiry.
Besides, this functions will be reused by LE based discovery
procedures in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Le mercredi 09 novembre 2011 à 16:21 -0500, David Miller a écrit :
> From: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
> Date: Wed, 09 Nov 2011 16:16:44 -0500 (EST)
>
> > From: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
> > Date: Wed, 09 Nov 2011 12:14:09 +0100
> >
> >> unres_qlen is the number of frames we are able to queue per unresolved
> >> neighbour. Its default value (3) was never changed and is responsible
> >> for strange drops, especially if IP fragments are used, or multiple
> >> sessions start in parallel. Even a single tcp flow can hit this limit.
> > ...
> >
> > Ok, I've applied this, let's see what happens :-)
>
> Early answer, build fails.
>
> Please test build this patch with DECNET enabled and resubmit. The
> decnet neigh layer still refers to the removed ->queue_len member.
>
> Thanks.
Ouch, this was fixed on one machine yesterday, but not the other one I
used this morning, sorry.
[PATCH V5 net-next] neigh: new unresolved queue limits
unres_qlen is the number of frames we are able to queue per unresolved
neighbour. Its default value (3) was never changed and is responsible
for strange drops, especially if IP fragments are used, or multiple
sessions start in parallel. Even a single tcp flow can hit this limit.
$ arp -d 192.168.20.108 ; ping -c 2 -s 8000 192.168.20.108
PING 192.168.20.108 (192.168.20.108) 8000(8028) bytes of data.
8008 bytes from 192.168.20.108: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.322 ms
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds support for frame fragmentation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Smirnov <alex.bluesman.smirnov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reading /proc/net/snmp6 on a machine with a lot of cpus is very
expensive (can be ~88000 us).
This is because ICMPV6MSG MIB uses 4096 bytes per cpu, and folding
values for all possible cpus can read 16 Mbytes of memory (32MBytes on
non x86 arches)
ICMP messages are not considered as fast path on a typical server, and
eventually few cpus handle them anyway. We can afford an atomic
operation instead of using percpu data.
This saves 4096 bytes per cpu and per network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow setting a probe response template for an interface operating in
AP mode. Low level drivers are notified about changes in the probe
response template and are able to retrieve a copy of the current probe
response. This data can, for example, be uploaded to hardware as a
template.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Pass probe-response data from usermode via beacon parameters.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Notify user-space about probe-response offloading support in the driver.
A wiphy flag is used to indicate support and a bitmap of protocols
determines which protocols are supported.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The macro is only used in ipw2200 and we certainly
don't want to encourage its use, so move it out of
the radiotap header file and into the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Check if NCI data flow control is used in nci_tx_work.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove unused NCI operations, e.g. create static rf connection.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Addition, deletion and modification of NCI constants.
Changes in NCI commands, responses and notifications structures.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just add API to get the channel & report it. Trivial really.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
rename to l2cap_chan_check_security() to make it consistent with other
l2cap_exported functions. This function will be exported in a later
commit.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since disconnecting may fail the status needs to be communicated to user
space. This also updates the implementation to match the latest mgmt API
specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since the command can fail we need to have a proper response with the
remote address and a failure status for it. This also updates it to
conform to the latest mgmt API spec.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
It's necessary to know the distinction between public and random LE
addresses so the mgmt interface also needs to distinguish between them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Le lundi 07 novembre 2011 à 15:33 +0100, Eric Dumazet a écrit :
> At least, in recent kernels we dont change dst->refcnt in forwarding
> patch (usinf NOREF skb->dst)
>
> One particular point is the atomic_inc(dst->refcnt) we have to perform
> when queuing an UDP packet if socket asked PKTINFO stuff (for example a
> typical DNS server has to setup this option)
>
> I have one patch somewhere that stores the information in skb->cb[] and
> avoid the atomic_{inc|dec}(dst->refcnt).
>
OK I found it, I did some extra tests and believe its ready.
[PATCH net-next] ipv4: IP_PKTINFO doesnt need dst reference
When a socket uses IP_PKTINFO notifications, we currently force a dst
reference for each received skb. Reader has to access dst to get needed
information (rt_iif & rt_spec_dst) and must release dst reference.
We also forced a dst reference if skb was put in socket backlog, even
without IP_PKTINFO handling. This happens under stress/load.
We can instead store the needed information in skb->cb[], so that only
softirq handler really access dst, improving cache hit ratios.
This removes two atomic operations per packet, and false sharing as
well.
On a benchmark using a mono threaded receiver (doing only recvmsg()
calls), I can reach 720.000 pps instead of 570.000 pps.
IP_PKTINFO is typically used by DNS servers, and any multihomed aware
UDP application.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Implement the socket wifi TX status error
queue reflection in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The new wifi socket TX capability should be
supported by wifi drivers, let them advertise
whether they do or not.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For probe responses it can be useful to not wait for ACK to
avoid retransmissions if the station that sent the probe is
already on the next channel, so allow userspace to request
not caring about the ACK with a new nl80211 flag.
Since mac80211 needs to be updated for the new function
prototype anyway implement it right away -- it's just a
few lines of code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The frames are used by AP/STA WDS mode, and hostapd
needs to know when such a frame was received to set
up the VLAN appropriately to allow using it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to register to received beacon frames
to allow implementing OLBC logic in userspace. The
registration is per wiphy since there's no point in
receiving the same frame multiple times.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the AP SME in hostapd is used it wants to
probe the clients when they have been idle for
some time. Add explicit API to support this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to advertise that the device
contains the AP SME and what features it can
support. There are currently no features in
the bitmap -- probe response offload will be
advertised by a few patches Arik is working
on now (who took over from Guy Eilam) and a
device with AP SME will typically implement
and require response offload.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To implement AP mode without monitor interfaces we
need to be able to send a deauth to stations that
send frames without being associated. Enable this
by adding a new nl80211 event for such frames that
an application can subscribe to.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers that need to drop a frame before it
can be transmitted will usually simply free
that frame. This is currently fine, but in
the future it'll be needed to tell mac80211
about this case, so add a new routine that
frees a TX skb.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reading /proc/net/snmp on a machine with a lot of cpus is very expensive
(can be ~88000 us).
This is because ICMPMSG MIB uses 4096 bytes per cpu, and folding values
for all possible cpus can read 16 Mbytes of memory.
ICMP messages are not considered as fast path on a typical server, and
eventually few cpus handle them anyway. We can afford an atomic
operation instead of using percpu data.
This saves 4096 bytes per cpu and per network namespace.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The 802.1X EAPOL handshake hostapd does requires
knowing whether the frame was ack'ed by the peer.
Currently, we fudge this pretty badly by not even
transmitting the frame as a normal data frame but
injecting it with radiotap and getting the status
out of radiotap monitor as well. This is rather
complex, confuses users (mon.wlan0 presence) and
doesn't work with all hardware.
To get rid of that hack, introduce a real wifi TX
status option for data frame transmissions.
This works similar to the existing TX timestamping
in that it reflects the SKB back to the socket's
error queue with a SCM_WIFI_STATUS cmsg that has
an int indicating ACK status (0/1).
Since it is possible that at some point we will
want to have TX timestamping and wifi status in a
single errqueue SKB (there's little point in not
doing that), redefine SO_EE_ORIGIN_TIMESTAMPING
to SO_EE_ORIGIN_TXSTATUS which can collect more
than just the timestamp; keep the old constant
as an alias of course. Currently the internal APIs
don't make that possible, but it wouldn't be hard
to split them up in a way that makes it possible.
Thanks to Neil Horman for helping me figure out
the functions that add the control messages.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function returns a referenced BSS struct
(or NULL), annotate with __must_check. It seems
that a lot of drivers get this completely wrong
and leak all BSS structs as a result.
Reported-by: Adam Mikuta <Adam.Mikuta@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch moves the pending management command list (previously global
to mgmt.c) into struct hci_dev. This makes it possible to do proper
locking when accessing it (through the existing hci_dev locks) and
thereby avoid race conditions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The current global pending command list in mgmt.c is racy. Possibly the
simplest way to fix it is to have per-hci dev lists instead of a global
one (all commands that need a pending struct are hci_dev specific).
This way the list can be protected using the already existing per-hci
dev lock. To enable this refactoring the first thing that needs to be
done is to ensure that the mgmt functions have access to the hci_dev
struct (instead of just the dev id).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Make clear that sk_clone() and inet_csk_clone() return a locked socket.
Add _lock() prefix and kerneldoc.
Suggested-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some cards can generate CCMP IVs in HW, but require the space for the IV
to be pre-allocated in the frame at the correct offset. Add a key flag
that allows us to achieve this.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fast retransmission after changing the last address
with ASCONF negotiation
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Two new struct members were not documented, fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds address type info (typically BR/EDR vs LE) to management
messages that need this. This also ensures conformance to the latest
management API specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
BR/EDR link keys have their own commands and events (separate from SMP)
and the remove_keys command (previously remove_key) removes keys of any
kind for the specified remote address.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The power off code doesn't need to use its own custom timer since the
delayed_work API provides the exact same functionality.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
A proper mgmt_command_status should be returned to user-space if either
discoverable or connectable enabling fails.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Based on the revised mgmt API set_discoverable has a timeout parameter
to specify how long the adapter will remain discoverable. A value of 0
means "indefinitively".
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a function to hci_core to cancel an ongoing inquiry.
According to the Bluetooth spec, the inquiry cancel command should
only be issued after the inquiry command has been issued, a command
status event has been received for the inquiry command, and before
the inquiry complete event occurs.
As HCI_INQUIRY flag is only set just after an inquiry command status
event occurs and it is cleared just after an inquiry complete event
occurs, the inquiry cancel command should be issued only if HCI_INQUIRY
flag is set.
Additionally, cancel inquiry related code from stop_discovery() were
replaced by a hci_cancel_inquiry() call.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a function to hci_core to carry out inquiry.
All inquiry code from start_discovery() were replaced by a
hci_do_inquiry() call.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Symbolic fixed channel IDs will be used instead of magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
AMP channel creation and channel moves are coordinated using the L2CAP
signaling channel. These definitions cover the "create channel",
"move channel", and "move channel confirm" signals.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Each channel has a policy to require BR/EDR (the default),
prefer BR/EDR, or prefer AMP.
Check for valid policy value and L2CAP mode.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This variable is currently only accessible within l2cap_core.c, but
it is also needed in l2cap_sock.c
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Allow control of AMP functionality on L2CAP sockets. By default,
connections will be restricted to BR/EDR. Manipulating the
BT_CHANNEL_POLICY option allows for channels to be moved to or created
on AMP controllers.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Acked-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This implement priority based scheduler using skbuffer priority set via
SO_PRIORITY socket option.
It introduces hci_chan_hash (list of HCI Channel/hci_chan) per connection,
each item in this list refer to a L2CAP connection and it is used to
queue the data for transmission.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This was triggered by turning off encryption on ACL link when rfcomm
was using high security. rfcomm_security_cfm (which is called from rx
task) was closing DLC and this involves sending disconnect message
(and locking socket).
Move closing DLC to rfcomm_process_dlcs and only flag DLC for closure
in rfcomm_security_cfm.
BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at net/core/sock.c:2032
in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 1788, name: kworker/0:3
[<c0068a08>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0x108) from [<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24)
[<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24) from [<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c)
[<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c) from [<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64)
[<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64) from [<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc)
[<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc) from [<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0)
[<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0) from [<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44)
[<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44) from [<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58)
[<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58) from [<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80)
[<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80) from [<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc)
[<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc) from [<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0)
[<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0) from [<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84)
[<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84) from [<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0)
[<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0) from [<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4)
[<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4) from [<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274)
[<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274) from [<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c)
[<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c) from [<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4)
[<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4) from [<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c)
[<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c) from [<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec)
[<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec) from [<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178)
[<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178) from [<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0)
[<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0) from [<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0)
[<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0) from [<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198)
[<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198) from [<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8)
[<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8) from [<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468)
[<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468) from [<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0)
[<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0) from [<c0061744>] (kernel_thread_exit+0x0/0x8)
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the necessary code to send proper command status or
command complete events to the start/stop discovery management commands.
Before this patch these events were completely missing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This uses SO_PRIORITY to set the skbuffer priority field
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
hci_unregister_dev cannot fail and always returns 0. The drivers already ignore
the return value so we can safely make it return void.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Timers set by __set_chan_timer() should use miliseconds instead of
jiffies. Commit 942ecc9c46 updated
l2cap_set_timer() so it expects timeout to be specified in msecs
instead of jiffies. This makes timeouts unreliable when CONFIG_HZ
is not set to 1000.
Signed-off-by: Andrzej Kaczmarek <andrzej.kaczmarek@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (47 commits)
forcedeth: fix a few sparse warnings (variable shadowing)
forcedeth: Improve stats counters
forcedeth: remove unneeded stats updates
forcedeth: Acknowledge only interrupts that are being processed
forcedeth: fix race when unloading module
MAINTAINERS/rds: update maintainer
wanrouter: Remove kernel_lock annotations
usbnet: fix oops in usbnet_start_xmit
ixgbe: Fix compile for kernel without CONFIG_PCI_IOV defined
etherh: Add MAINTAINERS entry for etherh
bonding: comparing a u8 with -1 is always false
sky2: fix regression on Yukon Optima
netlink: clarify attribute length check documentation
netlink: validate NLA_MSECS length
i825xx:xscale:8390:freescale: Fix Kconfig dependancies
macvlan: receive multicast with local address
tg3: Update version to 3.121
tg3: Eliminate timer race with reset_task
tg3: Schedule at most one tg3_reset_task run
tg3: Obtain PCI function number from device
...
* 'modsplit-Oct31_2011' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/paulg/linux: (230 commits)
Revert "tracing: Include module.h in define_trace.h"
irq: don't put module.h into irq.h for tracking irqgen modules.
bluetooth: macroize two small inlines to avoid module.h
ip_vs.h: fix implicit use of module_get/module_put from module.h
nf_conntrack.h: fix up fallout from implicit moduleparam.h presence
include: replace linux/module.h with "struct module" wherever possible
include: convert various register fcns to macros to avoid include chaining
crypto.h: remove unused crypto_tfm_alg_modname() inline
uwb.h: fix implicit use of asm/page.h for PAGE_SIZE
pm_runtime.h: explicitly requires notifier.h
linux/dmaengine.h: fix implicit use of bitmap.h and asm/page.h
miscdevice.h: fix up implicit use of lists and types
stop_machine.h: fix implicit use of smp.h for smp_processor_id
of: fix implicit use of errno.h in include/linux/of.h
of_platform.h: delete needless include <linux/module.h>
acpi: remove module.h include from platform/aclinux.h
miscdevice.h: delete unnecessary inclusion of module.h
device_cgroup.h: delete needless include <linux/module.h>
net: sch_generic remove redundant use of <linux/module.h>
net: inet_timewait_sock doesnt need <linux/module.h>
...
Fix up trivial conflicts (other header files, and removal of the ab3550 mfd driver) in
- drivers/media/dvb/frontends/dibx000_common.c
- drivers/media/video/{mt9m111.c,ov6650.c}
- drivers/mfd/ab3550-core.c
- include/linux/dmaengine.h
The documentation for how the length of attributes
is checked is wrong ("Exact length" isn't true, the
policy checks are for "minimum length") and a bit
misleading. Make it more complete and explain what
really happens.
Cc: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The warning really shouldn't happen, but until we
find the reason why it does don't spew it all the
time, just once is enough to know we've hit it.
Reported-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
the tcp and udp code creates a set of struct file_operations at runtime
while it can also be done at compile time, with the added benefit of then
having these file operations be const.
the trickiest part was to get the "THIS_MODULE" reference right; the naive
method of declaring a struct in the place of registration would not work
for this reason.
Signed-off-by: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is to address the following error during the compilation:
In file included from kernel/sysctl_binary.c:6:
include/net/ip_vs.h:1406: error: expected identifier or ‘(’ before ‘{’ token
make[1]: *** [kernel/sysctl_binary.o] Error 1
make[1]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
That manifests itself when CONFIG_IP_VS_NFCT is undefined in .config file.
Signed-off-by: Krzysztof Wilczynski <krzysztof.wilczynski@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch exports several definitions that used to live under
include/net/netfilter/nf_nat.h. These definitions, although not
exported, have been used by iptables and other userspace
applications like miniupnpd since long time. Basically, these
userspace tools included some internal definition of the required
structures and they assume no changes in the binary representation
(which is OK indeed).
To resolve this situation, this patch makes public the required
structure and install them in INSTALL_HDR_PATH.
See: https://bugs.gentoo.org/376873, for more information.
This patch is heavily based on the initial patch sent by:
Anthony G. Basile <blueness@gentoo.org>
Which was entitled:
netfilter: export sanitized nf_nat.h to INSTALL_HDR_PATH
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
These two small inlines make calls to try_module_get() and
module_put() which would force us to keep module.h present
within yet another common include header. We can avoid this
by turning them into macros. The hci_dev_hold construct
is patterned off of raw_spin_trylock_irqsave() in spinlock.h
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
This file was using the module get/put functions in two simple inline
functions. But module_get/put were only within scope because of
the implicit presence of module.h being everywhere.
Rather than add module.h to another file in include/ -- which is
exactly the thing we are trying to avoid, simply convert these
one-line functions into a define, as per what was done for the
device_schedule_callback() in commit 523ded71de.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
The implicit presence of module.h everywhere meant that this header
also was getting moduleparam.h which defines struct kernel_param.
Since it only needs to know that kernel_param is a struct, call that
out instead of adding an include of moduleparam.h -- to get rid of this:
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:316: warning: 'struct kernel_param' declared inside parameter list
include/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack.h:316: warning: its scope is only this definition or declaration, which is probably not what you want
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
The <linux/module.h> pretty much brings in the kitchen sink along
with it, so it should be avoided wherever reasonably possible in
terms of being included from other commonly used <linux/something.h>
files, as it results in a measureable increase on compile times.
The worst culprit was probably device.h since it is used everywhere.
This file also had an implicit dependency/usage of mutex.h which was
masked by module.h, and is also fixed here at the same time.
There are over a dozen other headers that simply declare the
struct instead of pulling in the whole file, so follow their lead
and simply make it a few more.
Most of the implicit dependencies on module.h being present by
these headers pulling it in have been now weeded out, so we can
finally make this change with hopefully minimal breakage.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
This file has modular references, but they are limited to
those which are covered by the simple "struct module;"
declaration used in dozens of other places. In fact that
declaration is already there (just outside of the context
of this commit) so simply remove the include line.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
There is nothing module specific in this header, and removing
it doesn't seem to uncover any implicit dependencies either.
Must be simply a vestige of an ancient legacy.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
commit 66b13d99d9 (ipv4: tcp: fix TOS value in ACK messages sent from
TIME_WAIT) fixed IPv4 only.
This part is for the IPv6 side, adding a tclass param to ip6_xmit()
We alias tw_tclass and tw_tos, if socket family is INET6.
[ if sockets is ipv4-mapped, only IP_TOS socket option is used to fill
TOS field, TCLASS is not taken into account ]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://github.com/ericvh/linux:
9p: fix 9p.txt to advertise msize instead of maxdata
net/9p: Convert net/9p protocol dumps to tracepoints
fs/9p: change an int to unsigned int
fs/9p: Cleanup option parsing in 9p
9p: move dereference after NULL check
fs/9p: inode file operation is properly initialized init_special_inode
fs/9p: Update zero-copy implementation in 9p
It was enabled by default and the messages guarded
by the define are useful.
Signed-off-by: Flavio Leitner <fbl@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Without this msize=4294967295 will result in a crash
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
* remove lot of update to different data structure
* add a seperate callback for zero copy request.
* above makes non zero copy code path simpler
* remove conditionalizing TREAD/TREADDIR/TWRITE in the zero copy path
* Fix the dotu p9_check_errors with zero copy. Add sufficient doc around
* Add support for both in and output buffers in zero copy callback
* pin and unpin pages in the same context
* use helpers instead of defining page offset and rest of page ourself
* Fix mem leak in p9_check_errors
* Remove 'E' and 'F' in p9pdu_vwritef
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
There is a long standing bug in linux tcp stack, about ACK messages sent
on behalf of TIME_WAIT sockets.
In the IP header of the ACK message, we choose to reflect TOS field of
incoming message, and this might break some setups.
Example of things that were broken :
- Routing using TOS as a selector
- Firewalls
- Trafic classification / shaping
We now remember in timewait structure the inet tos field and use it in
ACK generation, and route lookup.
Notes :
- We still reflect incoming TOS in RST messages.
- We could extend MuraliRaja Muniraju patch to report TOS value in
netlink messages for TIME_WAIT sockets.
- A patch is needed for IPv6
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now tcp_md5_hash_header() has a const tcphdr argument, we can add more
const attributes to callers.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tcp_md5_hash_header() writes into skb header a temporary zero value,
this might confuse other users of this area.
Since tcphdr is small (20 bytes), copy it in a temporary variable and
make the change in the copy.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
INET_ECN_encapsulate() is better understood if we can read the official
statement.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding const qualifiers to pointers can ease code review, and spot some
bugs. It might allow compiler to optimize code further.
For example, is it legal to temporary write a null cksum into tcphdr
in tcp_md5_hash_header() ? I am afraid a sniffer could catch the
temporary null value...
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added recovery check of CA wake status in case of wake up timeout.
Added check of CA wake status in case of wake down timeout.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added sanity check for length of CAIF frames, and tear down of
CAIF link-layer device upon protocol error.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CAIF HSI uses a timer for inactivity. Upon timeout HSI-wake signaling
is initiated to allow power-down of the HSI block.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some platforms do not allow to put HSI block into low-power
mode when FIFO is not empty. The patch flushes (by reading)
FIFO at wake down sequence. Asynchronous read and write is
implemented for that. As a side effect this will also greatly
improve performance.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fragmented multicast frames are delivered to a single macvlan port,
because ip defrag logic considers other samples are redundant.
Implement a defrag step before trying to send the multicast frame.
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit 903ab86d19 of 1 March this year ("udp: Add
lockless transmit path") introduced a new fast TX path that broke the checksum
coverage computation of UDP-lite, which so far depended on up->len (only set
if the socket is locked and 0 in the fast path).
Fixed by providing both fast- and slow-path computation of checksum coverage.
The latter can be removed when UDP(-lite)v6 also uses a lockless transmit path.
Reported-by: Thomas Volkert <thomas@homer-conferencing.com>
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds support for extended sequence numbers found in
extended control fields.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
There are three different Control Field formats: the Standard Control
Field, the Enhanced Control Field, and the Extended Control Field.
Patch adds function to handle all those fields seamlessly.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Partially revert 34918cd7. struct mgmt_key_info needs to have the same
size as its version exported to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Reuse the already existing struct nl80211_sta_flag_update to specify
both, a flag mask and the flag set itself. This means
nl80211_sta_flag_update is now used for setting station flags and also
for getting station flags.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 already filled in the MCS rate info for rx'ed frames but tx'ed
frames that are sent to a monitor interface during the status callback
lack this information.
Add the radiotap fields for MCS info to ieee80211_tx_status_rtap_hdr
and populate them when sending tx'ed frames to the monitors.
The needed headroom is only extended by one byte since we don't include
legacy rate information in the rtap header for HT frames.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As we introduced hci_init_sysfs() we should also rename
hci_register_sysfs() and hci_unregister_sysfs() to hci_add_sysfs() and
hci_del_sysfs() like we do with hci_conn_add/del_sysfs(). It looks more
consistent now.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We must not call device_del() if we didn't use device_add(). See module.c
for comments on that. Therefore, we need to call device_initialize() when
allocating the hci device and later device_add() instead of
device_register().
This also fixes a bug when hci_register_dev() failed and we call
hci_free_dev() without a valid core device. hci_free_dev() segfaults while
calling put_device() on invalid memory.
We already do this with hci_conn connections (hci_conn_init_sysfs()) so
they do not need to be fixed.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This was triggered by turning off encryption on ACL link when rfcomm
was using high security. rfcomm_security_cfm (which is called from rx
task) was closing DLC and this involves sending disconnect message
(and locking socket).
Move closing DLC to rfcomm_process_dlcs and only flag DLC for closure
in rfcomm_security_cfm.
BUG: sleeping function called from invalid context at net/core/sock.c:2032
in_atomic(): 1, irqs_disabled(): 0, pid: 1788, name: kworker/0:3
[<c0068a08>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0x108) from [<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24)
[<c05e25dc>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24) from [<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c)
[<c0087ba8>] (__might_sleep+0x110/0x12c) from [<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64)
[<c04801d8>] (lock_sock_nested+0x2c/0x64) from [<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc)
[<c05670c8>] (l2cap_sock_sendmsg+0x58/0xcc) from [<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0)
[<c047cf6c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xb0/0xd0) from [<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44)
[<c047cfc8>] (kernel_sendmsg+0x3c/0x44) from [<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58)
[<c056b0e8>] (rfcomm_send_frame+0x50/0x58) from [<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80)
[<c056b168>] (rfcomm_send_disc+0x78/0x80) from [<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc)
[<c056b9f4>] (__rfcomm_dlc_close+0x2d0/0x2fc) from [<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0)
[<c056bbac>] (rfcomm_security_cfm+0x140/0x1e0) from [<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84)
[<c0555ec0>] (hci_event_packet+0x1ce8/0x4d84) from [<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0)
[<c0550380>] (hci_rx_task+0x1d0/0x2d0) from [<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4)
[<c009ee04>] (tasklet_action+0x138/0x1e4) from [<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274)
[<c009f21c>] (__do_softirq+0xcc/0x274) from [<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c)
[<c009f6c0>] (do_softirq+0x60/0x6c) from [<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4)
[<c009f794>] (local_bh_enable_ip+0xc8/0xd4) from [<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c)
[<c05e5804>] (_raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x48/0x4c) from [<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec)
[<c040d470>] (data_from_chip+0xf4/0xaec) from [<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178)
[<c04136c0>] (send_skb_to_core+0x40/0x178) from [<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0)
[<c04139f4>] (cg2900_hu_receive+0x15c/0x2d0) from [<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0)
[<c0414cb8>] (hci_uart_tty_receive+0x74/0xa0) from [<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198)
[<c02cbd9c>] (flush_to_ldisc+0x188/0x198) from [<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8)
[<c00b2774>] (process_one_work+0x144/0x4b8) from [<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468)
[<c00b2e8c>] (worker_thread+0x198/0x468) from [<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0)
[<c00b9bc8>] (kthread+0x98/0xa0) from [<c0061744>] (kernel_thread_exit+0x0/0x8)
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Implementation of Read Local AMP Info Command
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Define Extended Flow Specification structures and default values.
Based upon haijun.liu <haijun.liu@atheros.com> series of patches
(sent Sun, 22 Aug 2010)
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Adds definitins for L2CAP header sizes to be uses when calculating
payload size instead of magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Handle POLL (P) bit in L2CAP ERTM using information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Handle final (F) bit in L2CAP using information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Check frame function uses now information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
L2CAP ERTM txseq calculation uses now information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
reqseq calculation uses now information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) occupies different windows in standard and
extended control fields. Convert hardcoded masks to relative ones and use shift
to access SAR bits.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Supervisory bits occupy different windows in standard / extended control
fields. Convert hardcoded masks to relative ones and use shift to access
S-bit window.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Adds extended control field bit masks and rearrange defines to logical
groups: masks, flags and shift groups.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Adds support for extended window size (EWS) config option. We enable EWS
feature in L2CAP Info RSP when hs enabled. EWS option is included in L2CAP
Config Req if tx_win (which is set via socket) bigger then standard default
value (63) && hs enabled && remote side supports EWS feature.
Using EWS selects extended control field in L2CAP.
Code partly based on Qualcomm and Atheros patches sent upstream a year ago.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
ip_vs_mutext is used by both netns shutdown code and startup
and both implicit uses sk_lock-AF_INET mutex.
cleanup CPU-1 startup CPU-2
ip_vs_dst_event() ip_vs_genl_set_cmd()
sk_lock-AF_INET __ip_vs_mutex
sk_lock-AF_INET
__ip_vs_mutex
* DEAD LOCK *
A new mutex placed in ip_vs netns struct called sync_mutex is added.
Comments from Julian and Simon added.
This patch has been running for more than 3 month now and it seems to work.
Ver. 3
IP_VS_SO_GET_DAEMON in do_ip_vs_get_ctl protected by sync_mutex
instead of __ip_vs_mutex as sugested by Julian.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
We can now move the radiotap header parsing into
ieee80211_monitor_start_xmit(). This moves it out of
the hotpath, and also helps the code since now the
radiotap header will no longer be present in
ieee80211_xmit() etc. which is easier to understand.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The purpose of this is two-fold:
1) by moving it out of tx_data.flags, we can in
another patch move the radiotap parsing so it
no longer is in the hotpath
2) if a device implements fragmentation but can
optionally skip it, the radiotap request for
not doing fragmentation may be honoured
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
role_switch variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
force_active variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
force_reliable variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
flushable variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag. Added flags in l2cap_chan structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
To avoid ifdefs in the other code that supports DCB notifiers
add stub routines. This method seems popular in other net code
for example 8021Q.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add DCBX mode to event notifiers so listeners can learn
currently enabled mode.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use ifindex instead of ifname in the DCB app ring. This makes for a smaller
data structure and faster comparisons. It also avoids possible issues when
a net device is renamed.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
tx params should be configured per interface.
add ieee80211_vif param to the conf_tx callback,
and change all the drivers that use this callback.
The following spatch was used:
@rule1@
struct ieee80211_ops ops;
identifier conf_tx_op;
@@
ops.conf_tx = conf_tx_op;
@rule2@
identifier rule1.conf_tx_op;
identifier hw, queue, params;
@@
conf_tx_op (
- struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+ struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
u16 queue,
const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params) {...}
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Recently mac80211 was changed to use nullfunc instead of probe
request for connection monitoring for tx ack status reporting
hardwares. Sometimes in congested network, STA got disconnected
quickly after the association. It was observered that the rate
control was not adopted to environment due to minimal transmission.
As the nullfunc are used for monitoring purpose, these frames should
not be sacrificed for rate control updation. So it is better to send
the monitoring null func frames at minimum rate that could help to
retain the connection.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow injected unicast frames to be sent without having to wait
for an ACK.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the addition of uAPSD and driver buffering
the powersave handling has gotten quite complex.
Add a section to the documentation to explain it
for anyone wanting to implement it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iwlwifi has a separate EOSP notification from
the device, and to make use of that properly
it needs to be passed to mac80211. To be able
to mix with tx_status_irqsafe and rx_irqsafe
it also needs to be an "_irqsafe" version in
the sense that it goes through the tasklet,
the actual flag clearing would be IRQ-safe
but doing it directly would cause reordering
issues.
This is needed in the case of a P2P GO going
into an absence period without transmitting
any frames that should be driver-released as
in this case there's no other way to inform
mac80211 that the service period ended. Note
that for drivers that don't use the _irqsafe
functions another version of this function
will be required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iwlwifi needs to know the number of frames that are
going to be sent to a station while it is asleep so
it can properly handle the uCode blocking of that
station.
Before uAPSD, we got by by telling the device that
a single frame was going to be released whenever we
encountered IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE. With
uAPSD, however, that is no longer possible since
there could be more than a single frame.
To support this model, add a new callback to notify
drivers when frames are going to be released.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a PS-poll frame is retried (but was received)
there is no way to detect that since it has no
sequence number. As a consequence, the standard
asks us to not react to PS-poll frames until the
response to one made it out (was ACKed or lost).
Implement this by using the WLAN_STA_SP flags to
also indicate a PS-Poll "service period" and the
IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag for the response
packet to indicate the end of the "SP" as usual.
We could use separate flags, but that will most
likely completely confuse drivers, and while the
standard doesn't exclude simultaneously polling
using uAPSD and PS-Poll, doing that seems quite
problematic.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add uAPSD support to mac80211. This is probably not
possible with all devices, so advertising it with
the cfg80211 flag will be left up to drivers that
want it.
Due to my previous patches it is now a fairly
straight-forward extension. Drivers need to have
accurate TX status reporting for the EOSP frame.
For drivers that buffer themselves, the provided
APIs allow releasing the right number of frames,
but then drivers need to set EOSP and more-data
themselves. This is documented in more detail in
the new code itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If there are frames for a station buffered in
the driver, mac80211 announces those in the TIM
IE but there's no way to release them. Add new
API to release such frames and use it when the
station polls for a frame.
Since the API will soon also be used for uAPSD
it is easily extensible.
Note that before this change drivers announcing
driver-buffered frames in the TIM bit actually
will respond to a PS-Poll with a potentially
lower priority frame (if there are any frames
buffered in mac80211), after this patch a driver
that hasn't been changed will no longer respond
at all. This only affects ath9k, which will need
to be fixed to implement the new API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For uAPSD support we'll need to have per-AC PS
buffers. As this is a major undertaking, split
the buffers before really adding support for
uAPSD. This already makes some reference to the
uapsd_queues variable, but for now that will
never be non-zero.
Since book-keeping is complicated, also change
the logic for keeping a maximum of frames only
and allow 64 frames per AC (up from 128 for a
station).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For uAPSD implementation, it is necessary to know on
which ACs frames are buffered. mac80211 obviously
knows about the frames it has buffered itself, but
with aggregation many drivers buffer frames. Thus,
mac80211 needs to be informed about this.
For now, since we don't have APSD in any form, this
will unconditionally set the TIM bit for the station
but later with uAPSD only some ACs might cause the
TIM bit to be set.
ath9k is the only driver using this API and I only
modify it in the most basic way, it won't be able
to implement uAPSD with this yet. But it can't do
that anyway since there's no way to selectively
release frames to the peer yet.
Since drivers will buffer frames per TID, let them
inform mac80211 on a per TID basis, mac80211 will
then sort out the AC mapping itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Relocate the mesh implementation of adding the (extended) supported
rates IE to util.c, anticipating its use by other parts of mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for sending high-level TDLS commands and TDLS frames via
NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER and NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, respectively. Add
appropriate cfg80211 callbacks for lower level drivers.
Add wiphy capability flags for TDLS support and advertise them via
nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, when hostapd sets the station as authorized
we also overwrite its uAPSD parameter. This obviously
leads to buggy behaviour (later, with my patches that
actually add uAPSD support). To fix this, only apply
those parameters if they were actually set in nl80211,
and to achieve that add a bitmap of things to apply.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since commit 7361c36c52 (af_unix: Allow credentials to work across
user and pid namespaces) af_unix performance dropped a lot.
This is because we now take a reference on pid and cred in each write(),
and release them in read(), usually done from another process,
eventually from another cpu. This triggers false sharing.
# Events: 154K cycles
#
# Overhead Command Shared Object Symbol
# ........ ....... .................. .........................
#
10.40% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] put_pid
8.60% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_stream_recvmsg
7.87% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_stream_sendmsg
6.11% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] do_raw_spin_lock
4.95% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_scm_to_skb
4.87% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] pid_nr_ns
4.34% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] cred_to_ucred
2.39% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_destruct_scm
2.24% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] sub_preempt_count
1.75% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] fget_light
1.51% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k]
__mutex_lock_interruptible_slowpath
1.42% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] sock_alloc_send_pskb
This patch includes SCM_CREDENTIALS information in a af_unix message/skb
only if requested by the sender, [man 7 unix for details how to include
ancillary data using sendmsg() system call]
Note: This might break buggy applications that expected SCM_CREDENTIAL
from an unaware write() system call, and receiver not using SO_PASSCRED
socket option.
If SOCK_PASSCRED is set on source or destination socket, we still
include credentials for mere write() syscalls.
Performance boost in hackbench : more than 50% gain on a 16 thread
machine (2 quad-core cpus, 2 threads per core)
hackbench 20 thread 2000
4.228 sec instead of 9.102 sec
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tim Chen <tim.c.chen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use sk_buff fragment capabilities to link together incoming skbs
instead of allocating a new skb for reassembly and copying.
The new reassembly code works equally well for ERTM and streaming
mode, so there is now one reassembly function instead of two.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
tx params are currently configured per hw, although they
should be configured per interface.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Whenever the scan request or tx_mgmt is requesting not to
use CCK rate for managemet frames through
NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE attribute, then mac80211 should
select appropriate least non-CCK rate. This could help to
send P2P probes and P2P action frames at non 11b rates
without diabling 11b rates globally.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new nl80211 attribute to specify whether to send the management
frames in CCK rate or not. As of now the wpa_supplicant is disabling
CCK rate at P2P init itself. So this patch helps to send P2P probe
request/probe response/action frames being sent at non CCK rate in 2GHz
without disabling 11b rates.
This attribute is used with NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands to disable CCK rate for management frame
transmission.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Protect 'cb' and 'cb_context' arguments in nci_data_exchange.
In fact, this implements a queue with max length of 1 data
exchange transactions in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
TSF can be kept per vif.
Add ieee80211_vif param to set/get/reset_tsf, and move
the debugfs entries to the per-vif directory.
Update all the drivers that implement these callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Rename struct tcp_skb_cb "flags" to "tcp_flags" to ease code review and
maintenance.
Its content is a combination of FIN/SYN/RST/PSH/ACK/URG/ECE/CWR flags
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct tcp_skb_cb contains a "flags" field containing either tcp flags
or IP dsfield depending on context (input or output path)
Introduce ip_dsfield to make the difference clear and ease maintenance.
If later we want to save space, we can union flags/ip_dsfield
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While playing with a new ADSL box at home, I discovered that ECN
blackhole can trigger suboptimal quickack mode on linux : We send one
ACK for each incoming data frame, without any delay and eventual
piggyback.
This is because TCP_ECN_check_ce() considers that if no ECT is seen on a
segment, this is because this segment was a retransmit.
Refine this heuristic and apply it only if we seen ECT in a previous
segment, to detect ECN blackhole at IP level.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
CC: Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
CC: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
CC: Jim Gettys <jg@freedesktop.org>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add management interface events for blocking/unblocking a device.
Sender of the block device command gets cmd complete and other
mgmt sockets get the event. Event is also sent to mgmt sockets when
blocking is done with ioctl, e.g when blocking a device with
hciconfig. This makes it possible for bluetoothd to track status
of blocked devices when a third party block or unblocks a device.
Event sending is handled in mgmt_device_blocked function which gets
called from hci_blacklist_add in hci_core.c. A pending command is
added in mgmt_block_device, so that it can found when sending the
event - the event is not sent to the socket from which the pending
command came. Locks were moved out from hci_core.c to hci_sock.c
and mgmt.c, because locking is needed also for mgmt_pending_add in
mgmt.c.
Signed-off-by: Antti Julku <antti.julku@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The function crypto_blkcipher_setkey() called by smp_e()
can sleep, so all the crypto work has to be moved to
hci_dev workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The objective is to make the core to have as little as possible
information about SMP procedures and logic. Now, all the SMP
specific information is hidden from the core.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add command to management interface for enabling/disabling the
fast connectable mode.
Signed-off-by: Antti Julku <antti.julku@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
One piece of information that was lost when using the mgmt interface,
was the type of the connection. Using HCI events we used to know
the type of the connection based on the type of the event, e.g.
HCI_LE_Connection_Complete for LE links.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add HCI_CONN_LE_SMP_PEND flag to indicate that SMP is pending
for that connection. This allows to have information that an SMP
procedure is going on for that connection.
We use the HCI_CONN_ENCRYPT_PEND to indicate that encryption
(HCI_LE_Start_Encryption) is pending for that connection.
While a SMP procedure is going on we hold an reference to the
connection, to avoid disconnections.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This checks if there is any existing connection according to its type
before start iterating in the list and immediately stop iterating when
reaching the number of connections.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The NFC Controller Interface (NCI) is a standard
communication protocol between an NFC Controller (NFCC)
and a Device Host (DH), defined by the NFC Forum.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The file nfc.h was moved from include/net to include/net/nfc,
since new NFC header files will be added to include/net/nfc.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add 2 new nfc control operations:
dev_up to turn on the nfc device
dev_down to turn off the nfc device
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the driver (or most likely firmware) decides which AP to use
for roaming based on internal scan result processing, user space
needs to be notified of PMKSA caching candidates to allow RSN
pre-authentication to be used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add function to find vendor-specific ie (along with
vendor-specific ie struct definition and P2P OUI values)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit 946cedccbd (tcp: Change possible SYN flooding messages)
added a build error if CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES=n
Reported-by: Markus Trippelsdorf <markus@trippelsdorf.de>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://github.com/davem330/net: (62 commits)
ipv6: don't use inetpeer to store metrics for routes.
can: ti_hecc: include linux/io.h
IRDA: Fix global type conflicts in net/irda/irsysctl.c v2
net: Handle different key sizes between address families in flow cache
net: Align AF-specific flowi structs to long
ipv4: Fix fib_info->fib_metrics leak
caif: fix a potential NULL dereference
sctp: deal with multiple COOKIE_ECHO chunks
ibmveth: Fix checksum offload failure handling
ibmveth: Checksum offload is always disabled
ibmveth: Fix issue with DMA mapping failure
ibmveth: Fix DMA unmap error
pch_gbe: support ML7831 IOH
pch_gbe: added the process of FIFO over run error
pch_gbe: fixed the issue which receives an unnecessary packet.
sfc: Use 64-bit writes for TX push where possible
Revert "sfc: Use write-combining to reduce TX latency" and follow-ups
bnx2x: Fix ethtool advertisement
bnx2x: Fix 578xx link LED
bnx2x: Fix XMAC loopback test
...
tcp_md5sig_pool is currently an 'array' (a percpu object) of pointers to
struct tcp_md5sig_pool. Only the pointers are NUMA aware, but objects
themselves are all allocated on a single node.
Remove this extra indirection to get proper percpu memory (NUMA aware)
and make code simpler.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 0856a30409.
As requested by Eric Dumazet, it has various ref-counting
problems and has introduced regressions. Eric will add
a more suitable version of this performance fix.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is compile tested only.
Suggested by dumpster diving in PAX.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the conversion of struct flowi to a union of AF-specific structs, some
operations on the flow cache need to account for the exact size of the key.
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AF-specific flowi structs are now passed to flow_key_compare, which must
also be aligned to a long.
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Attempt to reduce the number of IP packets emitted in response to single
SCTP packet (2e3216cd) introduced a complication - if a packet contains
two COOKIE_ECHO chunks and nothing else then SCTP state machine corks the
socket while processing first COOKIE_ECHO and then loses the association
and forgets to uncork the socket. To deal with the issue add new SCTP
command which can be used to set association explictly. Use this new
command when processing second COOKIE_ECHO chunk to restore the context
for SCTP state machine.
Signed-off-by: Max Matveev <makc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"Possible SYN flooding on port xxxx " messages can fill logs on servers.
Change logic to log the message only once per listener, and add two new
SNMP counters to track :
TCPReqQFullDoCookies : number of times a SYNCOOKIE was replied to client
TCPReqQFullDrop : number of times a SYN request was dropped because
syncookies were not enabled.
Based on a prior patch from Tom Herbert, and suggestions from David.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix kernel-doc warning in net/cfg80211.h:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:1884): No description found for parameter 'registered'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Set SSID information from nl80211 beacon parameters. Advertise changes
in SSID to low level drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To properly maintain the peer's block ack window, the driver needs to be
able to control the new starting sequence number that is sent along with
the BlockAckReq frame.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce filtering for scheduled scans to reduce the number of
unnecessary results (which cause useless wake-ups).
Add a new nested attribute where sets of parameters to be matched can
be passed when starting a scheduled scan. Only scan results that
match any of the sets will be returned.
At this point, the set consists of a single parameter, an SSID. This
can be easily extended in the future to support more complex matches.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
add WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD flag to indicate uapsd support on
AP mode.
Advertise it to userspace by including a new
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD attribute.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When this flag is set, Tx A-MPDU sessions will not be started by
mac80211. This flag is required for devices that support Tx A-MPDU setup
in hardware.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the rssi of the current AP drops, both wpa_supplicant and the
firmware may do a background scan to find a better AP and try to
associate. Since firmware based roaming is faster, inform
wpa_supplicant to avoid roaming and let the firmware decide to
roam if necessary.
For fullmac drivers like ath6kl, it is just enough to provide the
ESSID and the firmware will decide on the BSSID. Since it is not
possible to do pre-auth during roaming for fullmac drivers, the
wpa_supplicant needs to completely disconnect with the old AP and
reconnect with the new AP. This consumes lot of time and it is
better to leave the roaming decision to the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix kernel-doc warning in net/cfg80211.h:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:1884): No description found for parameter 'registered'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Some of the flags are OS/arch dependent we add a 9p
protocol value which maps to asm-generic/fcntl.h values in Linux
Based on the original patch from Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Allow transparent sockets to be less restrictive about
the source ip of ipv6 udp packets being sent.
Google-Bug-Id: 5018138
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
CC: "Erik Kline" <ek@google.com>
CC: "Lorenzo Colitti" <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I will suck out stuff to userspace to start the regulatory
revampamp, this work will be permissively licensed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add uapsd_queues and max_sp fields to ieee80211_sta.
These fields might be needed by low-level drivers in
order to configure the AP.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME nested attribute that contains
wme params needed by the low-level driver (uapsd_queues and
max_sp).
Add these params to the station_parameters struct as well.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Patch series 109f6e39..7361c36c back in 2.6.36 added functionality to
allow credentials to work across pid namespaces for packets sent via
UNIX sockets. However, the atomic reference counts on pid and
credentials caused plenty of cache bouncing when there are numerous
threads of the same pid sharing a UNIX socket. This patch mitigates the
problem by eliminating extraneous reference counts on pid and
credentials on both send and receive path of UNIX sockets. I found a 2x
improvement in hackbench's threaded case.
On the receive path in unix_dgram_recvmsg, currently there is an
increment of reference count on pid and credentials in scm_set_cred.
Then there are two decrement of the reference counts. Once in scm_recv
and once when skb_free_datagram call skb->destructor function
unix_destruct_scm. One pair of increment and decrement of ref count on
pid and credentials can be eliminated from the receive path. Until we
destroy the skb, we already set a reference when we created the skb on
the send side.
On the send path, there are two increments of ref count on pid and
credentials, once in scm_send and once in unix_scm_to_skb. Then there
is a decrement of the reference counts in scm_destroy's call to
scm_destroy_cred at the end of unix_dgram_sendmsg functions. One pair
of increment and decrement of the reference counts can be removed so we
only need to increment the ref counts once.
By incorporating these changes, for hackbench running on a 4 socket
NHM-EX machine with 40 cores, the execution of hackbench on
50 groups of 20 threads sped up by factor of 2.
Hackbench command used for testing:
./hackbench 50 thread 2000
Signed-off-by: Tim Chen <tim.c.chen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch a HEARTBEAT chunk is bundled into the ASCONF-ACK
for ADD IP ADDRESS, confirming the new destination as quickly as
possible.
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can have the NFC core layer allocating the tx head and tail
room for the drivers and avoid 1 or more SKBs copy on write on
the Tx path.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to set NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS attribute,
which will advertise this mesh node as being a mesh gate.
NL80211_HWMP_ROOTMODE must be set or this will do nothing.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to set Root Announcement Interval for our mesh
interface. Also, RANN interval is now in proper units of TUs.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch updates the mesh peering frames to the format specified in
the recently ratified 802.11s standard. Several changes took place to
make this happen:
- Change RX path to handle new self-protected frames
- Add new Peering management IE
- Remove old Peer Link IE
- Remove old plink_action field in ieee80211_mgmt header
These changes by themselves would either break peering, or work by
coincidence, so squash them all into this patch.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The l4_rxhash flag was added to the skb structure to indicate
that the rxhash value was computed over the 4 tuple for the
packet which includes the port information in the encapsulated
transport packet. This is used by the stack to preserve the
rxhash value in __skb_rx_tunnel.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current transport mechanism for af_iucv is the z/VM offered
communications facility IUCV. To provide equivalent support when
running Linux in an LPAR, HiperSockets transport is added to the
AF_IUCV address family. It requires explicit binding of an AF_IUCV
socket to a HiperSockets device. A new packet_type ETH_P_AF_IUCV
is announced. An af_iucv specific transport header is defined
preceding the skb data. A small protocol is implemented for
connecting and for flow control/congestion management.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a symbol to dynamically load iucv functions.
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON command is, in practice, requesting AP mode
operations to be started. Add new attributes to provide extra IEs
(e.g., WPS IE, P2P IE) for drivers that build Beacon, Probe Response,
and (Re)Association Response frames internally (likely in firmware).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This removes need from drivers to parse the beacon tail/head data
to figure out what crypto settings are to be used in AP mode in case
the Beacon and Probe Response frames are fully constructed in the
driver/firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes it easier for drivers that generate Beacon and Probe Response
frames internally (in firmware most likely) in AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Moving the parsing logic for retrieving the information elements
stored in management frames, e.g. beacons or probe responses,
and making it available to other cfg80211 drivers.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a comment pointing out the use of enum station_info_flags for
all new struct station_info fields. In addition, memset the sinfo
buffer to zero before use on all paths in the current tree to avoid
leaving uninitialized pointers in the data.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 leaves sinfo->assoc_req_ies uninitialized, causing a random
pointer memory access in nl80211_send_station.
Instead of checking if the pointer is null, use sinfo->filled, like
the rest of the fields.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When user space SME/MLME (e.g., hostapd) is not used in AP mode, the
IEs from the (Re)Association Request frame that was processed in
firmware need to be made available for user space (e.g., RSN IE for
hostapd). Allow this to be done with cfg80211_new_sta().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For iwlwifi, I decided not to use this API since
it just increased the complexity for little gain.
Since nobody else intends to use it, let's kill
it again. If anybody later needs to have it, we
can always revive it then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A lot of code is dedicated to giving drivers the
ability to use cfg80211's wext handlers without
completely converting. However, only orinoco is
currently using this, and it is only partially
using it.
We reduce the size of both the source and binary
by removing those that nobody needs. If a driver
shows up that needs it during conversion, we can
add back those that are needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
linux/wireless.h is for wireless extensions only, so
mac80211 shouldn't include it since it uses cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A lot of drivers erroneously use wext constants
and don't notice since cfg80211.h includes them.
Make this more split up so drivers needing wext
compatibility from cfg80211 need to explicitly
include that from cfg80211-wext.h.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The raw sockets can provide source address for
routing but their privileges are not considered. We
can provide non-local source address, make sure the
FLOWI_FLAG_ANYSRC flag is set if socket has privileges
for this, i.e. based on hdrincl (IP_HDRINCL) and
transparent flags.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Computers have become a lot faster since we compromised on the
partial MD4 hash which we use currently for performance reasons.
MD5 is a much safer choice, and is inline with both RFC1948 and
other ISS generators (OpenBSD, Solaris, etc.)
Furthermore, only having 24-bits of the sequence number be truly
unpredictable is a very serious limitation. So the periodic
regeneration and 8-bit counter have been removed. We compute and
use a full 32-bit sequence number.
For ipv6, DCCP was found to use a 32-bit truncated initial sequence
number (it needs 43-bits) and that is fixed here as well.
Reported-by: Dan Kaminsky <dan@doxpara.com>
Tested-by: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Gergely Kalman reported crashes in check_peer_redir().
It appears commit f39925dbde (ipv4: Cache learned redirect
information in inetpeer.) added a race, leading to possible NULL ptr
dereference.
Since we can now change dst neighbour, we should make sure a reader can
safely use a neighbour.
Add RCU protection to dst neighbour, and make sure check_peer_redir()
can be called safely by different cpus in parallel.
As neighbours are already freed after one RCU grace period, this patch
should not add typical RCU penalty (cache cold effects)
Many thanks to Gergely for providing a pretty report pointing to the
bug.
Reported-by: Gergely Kalman <synapse@hippy.csoma.elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Update the code to handle some of the differences between
RFC 3041 and RFC 4941, which obsoletes it. Also a couple
of janitorial fixes.
- Allow router advertisements to increase the lifetime of
temporary addresses. This was not allowed by RFC 3041,
but is specified by RFC 4941. It is useful when RA
lifetimes are lower than TEMP_{VALID,PREFERRED}_LIFETIME:
in this case, the previous code would delete or deprecate
addresses prematurely.
- Change the default of MAX_RETRY to 3 per RFC 4941.
- Add a comment to clarify that the preferred and valid
lifetimes in inet6_ifaddr are relative to the timestamp.
- Shorten lines to 80 characters in a couple of places.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My @hp.com will no longer be valid starting August 5, 2011 so an update is
necessary. My new email address is employer independent so we don't have
to worry about doing this again any time soon.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows us to move duplicated code in <asm/atomic.h>
(atomic_inc_not_zero() for now) to <linux/atomic.h>
Signed-off-by: Arun Sharma <asharma@fb.com>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Mike Frysinger <vapier@gentoo.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (43 commits)
fs: Merge split strings
treewide: fix potentially dangerous trailing ';' in #defined values/expressions
uwb: Fix misspelling of neighbourhood in comment
net, netfilter: Remove redundant goto in ebt_ulog_packet
trivial: don't touch files that are removed in the staging tree
lib/vsprintf: replace link to Draft by final RFC number
doc: Kconfig: `to be' -> `be'
doc: Kconfig: Typo: square -> squared
doc: Konfig: Documentation/power/{pm => apm-acpi}.txt
drivers/net: static should be at beginning of declaration
drivers/media: static should be at beginning of declaration
drivers/i2c: static should be at beginning of declaration
XTENSA: static should be at beginning of declaration
SH: static should be at beginning of declaration
MIPS: static should be at beginning of declaration
ARM: static should be at beginning of declaration
rcu: treewide: Do not use rcu_read_lock_held when calling rcu_dereference_check
Update my e-mail address
PCIe ASPM: forcedly -> forcibly
gma500: push through device driver tree
...
Fix up trivial conflicts:
- arch/arm/mach-ep93xx/dma-m2p.c (deleted)
- drivers/gpio/gpio-ep93xx.c (renamed and context nearby)
- drivers/net/r8169.c (just context changes)
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (145 commits)
bnx2x: use pci_pcie_cap()
bnx2x: fix bnx2x_stop_on_error flow in bnx2x_sp_rtnl_task
bnx2x: enable internal target-read for 57712 and up only
bnx2x: count statistic ramrods on EQ to prevent MC assert
bnx2x: fix loopback for non 10G link
bnx2x: dcb - send all unmapped priorities to same COS as L2
iwlwifi: Fix build with CONFIG_PM disabled.
gre: fix improper error handling
ipv4: use RT_TOS after some rt_tos conversions
via-velocity: remove duplicated #include
qlge: remove duplicated #include
igb: remove duplicated #include
can: c_can: remove duplicated #include
bnad: remove duplicated #include
net: allow netif_carrier to be called safely from IRQ
bna: Header File Consolidation
bna: HW Error Counter Fix
bna: Add HW Semaphore Unlock Logic
bna: IOC Event Name Change
bna: Mboxq Flush When IOC Disabled
...
unlinkat - Remove a directory entry
size[4] Tunlinkat tag[2] dirfid[4] name[s] flag[4]
size[4] Runlinkat tag[2]
older Tremove have the below request format
size[4] Tremove tag[2] fid[4]
The remove message is used to remove a directory entry either file or directory
The remove opreation is actually a directory opertation and should ideally have
dirfid, if not we cannot represent the fid on server with anything other than
name. We will have to derive the directory name from fid in the Tremove request.
NOTE: The operation doesn't clunk the unlink fid.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
renameat - change name of file or directory
size[4] Trenameat tag[2] olddirfid[4] oldname[s] newdirfid[4] newname[s]
size[4] Rrenameat tag[2]
older Trename have the below request format
size[4] Trename tag[2] fid[4] newdirfid[4] name[s]
The rename message is used to change the name of a file, possibly moving it
to a new directory. The rename opreation is actually a directory opertation
and should ideally have olddirfid, if not we cannot represent the fid on server
with anything other than name. We will have to derive the old directory name
from fid in the Trename request.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Switch to generic kernel hexdump library and cleanup macros to
be more consistent with the way we do normal debug prints.
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
IPv6 fragment identification generation is way beyond what we use for
IPv4 : It uses a single generator. Its not scalable and allows DOS
attacks.
Now inetpeer is IPv6 aware, we can use it to provide a more secure and
scalable frag ident generator (per destination, instead of system wide)
This patch :
1) defines a new secure_ipv6_id() helper
2) extends inet_getid() to provide 32bit results
3) extends ipv6_select_ident() with a new dest parameter
Reported-by: Fernando Gont <fernando@gont.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In P2P client mode, the GO (AP) to connect to might
have periods of time where it is not available due
to powersave. To allow the driver to sync with it
and send frames to the GO only when it is available
add a new callback tx_sync (and the corresponding
finish_tx_sync). These callbacks can sleep unlike
the actual TX.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some P2P scans are not allowed to advertise
11b rates, but that is a rather special case
so instead of having that, allow userspace
to request the rate sets (per band) that are
advertised in scan probe request frames.
Since it's needed in two places now, factor
out some common code parsing a rate array.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In the future dst entries will be neigh-less. In that environment we
need to have an easy transition point for current users of
dst->neighbour outside of the packet output fast path.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It just makes it harder to see 1) what the code is doing
and 2) grep for all users of dst{->,.}neighbour
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will get us closer to being able to do "neigh stuff"
completely independent of the underlying dst_entry for
protocols (ipv4/ipv6) that wish to do so.
We will also be able to make dst entries neigh-less.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It's just taking on one of two possible values, either
neigh_ops->output or dev_queue_xmit(). And this is purely depending
upon whether nud_state has NUD_CONNECTED set or not.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee80211_iter_keys() currently returns keys in
the backward order they were installed in, which
is a bit confusing. Add them to the tail of the
key list to make sure iterations go in the same
order that keys were originally installed in.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the driver wants to pre-program the TKIP
RX phase 1 key, it needs to be able to obtain
it for the peer's TA. Add API to allow it to
generate it.
The generation uses a dummy on-stack context
since it doesn't know the RX queue.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some chips may support different lengths of user-supplied IEs with a
single scheduled scan command than with a single normal scan command.
To support this, this patch creates a separate hardware description
element that describes the maximum size of user-supplied information
element data supported in scheduled scans.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some chips can scan more SSIDs with a single scheduled scan command
than with a single normal scan command (eg. wl12xx chips).
To support this, this patch creates a separate hardware description
element that describes the amount of SSIDs supported in scheduled
scans.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we now have the necessary API in place to support
GTK rekeying, applications will need to know whether it
is supported by a device. Add a pseudo-trigger that is
used only to advertise that capability. Also, add some
new triggers that match what iwlagn devices can do.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that there is a one-to-one correspondance between neighbour
and hh_cache entries, we no longer need:
1) dynamic allocation
2) attachment to dst->hh
3) refcounting
Initialization of the hh_cache entry is indicated by hh_len
being non-zero, and such initialization is always done with
the neighbour's lock held as a writer.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In WoWLAN, devices may use crypto keys for TX/RX
and could also implement GTK rekeying. If the
driver isn't able to retrieve replay counters and
similar information from the device upon resume,
or if the device isn't responsive due to platform
issues, it isn't safe to keep the connection up
as GTK rekey messages from during the sleep time
could be replayed against it.
The only protection against that is disconnecting
from the AP. Modifying mac80211 to do that while
it is resuming would be very complex and invasive
in the case that the driver requires a reconfig,
so do it after it has resumed completely. In that
case, however, packets might be replayed since it
can then only happen after TX/RX are up again, so
mark keys for interfaces that need to disconnect
as "tainted" and drop all packets that are sent
or received with those keys.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Get rid of all of the useless and costly indirection
by doing the neigh hash table lookup directly inside
of the neighbour binding.
Rename from arp_bind_neighbour to rt_bind_neighbour.
Use new helpers {__,}ipv4_neigh_lookup()
In rt_bind_neighbour() get rid of useless tests which
are never true in the context this function is called,
namely dev is never NULL and the dst->neighbour is
always NULL.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Looks like I forgot to document the "gfp" parameter
to cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify, add it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 maintains a running average of the RSSI when a STA
is associated to an AP. Report threshold events to any driver
that has registered callbacks for getting RSSI measurements.
Implement callbacks in mac80211 so that driver can set thresholds.
Add callbacks in mac80211 which is invoked when an RSSI threshold
event occurs.
mac80211: add tracing to rssi_reports api and remove extraneous fn argument
mac80211: scale up rssi thresholds from driver by 16 before storing
Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
And mask the hash function result by simply shifting
down the "->hash_shift" most significant bits.
Currently which bits we use is arbitrary since jhash
produces entropy evenly across the whole hash function
result.
But soon we'll be using universal hashing functions,
and in those cases more entropy exists in the higher
bits than the lower bits, because they use multiplies.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There can 3 reasons for the "command reject" reply produced
by the stack. Each such reply should be accompanied by the
relevand data ( as defined in spec. ). Currently there is one
instance of "command reject" reply with reason "invalid cid"
wich is fixed. Also, added clean-up definitions related to the
"command reject" replies.
Signed-off-by: Ilia Kolomisnky <iliak@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This will be useful when userspace wants to restrict some kinds of
operations based on the length of the key size used to encrypt the
link.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
In some cases it will be useful having the key size used for
encrypting the link. For example, some profiles may restrict
some operations depending on the key length.
The key size is stored in the key that is passed to userspace
using the pin_length field in the key structure.
For now this field is only valid for LE controllers. 3.0+HS
controllers define the Read Encryption Key Size command, this
field is intended for storing the value returned by that
command.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As the LTK (the new type of key being handled now) has more data
associated with it, we need to store this extra data and retrieve
the keys based on that data.
Methods for searching for a key and for adding a new LTK are
introduced here.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
We need these changes because SMP keys may have more information
associated with them, for example, in the LTK case, it has an
encrypted diversifier (ediv) and a random number (rand).
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since ca5ecddf (rcu: define __rcu address space modifier for sparse)
rcu_dereference_check use rcu_read_lock_held as a part of condition
automatically so callers do not have to do that as well.
Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
This adds support for generating and distributing all the keys
specified in the third phase of SMP.
This will make possible to re-establish secure connections, resolve
private addresses and sign commands.
For now, the values generated are random.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Trigger user ABORT if application closes a socket which has data
queued on the socket receive queue or chunks waiting on the
reassembly or ordering queue as this would imply data being lost
which defeats the point of a graceful shutdown.
This behavior is already practiced in TCP.
We do not check the input queue because that would mean to parse
all chunks on it to look for unacknowledged data which seems too
much of an effort. Control chunks or duplicated chunks may also
be in the input queue and should not be stopping a graceful
shutdown.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to support pre-populating the P1K cache in
iwlwifi hardware for WoWLAN, we need to calculate
the P1K for the current IV32. Allow drivers to get
the P1K for any given IV32 instead of for a given
packet, but keep the packet-based version around as
an inline.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to implement GTK rekeying, the device needs
to be able to encrypt frames with the right PN/IV and
check the PN/IV in RX frames. To be able to tell it
about all those counters, we need to be able to get
them from mac80211, this adds the required API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Our current TKIP code races against itself on TX
since we can process multiple packets at the same
time on different ACs, but they all share the TX
context for TKIP. This can lead to bad IVs etc.
Also, the crypto offload helper code just obtains
the P1K/P2K from the cache, and can update it as
well, but there's no guarantee that packets are
really processed in order.
To fix these issues, first introduce a spinlock
that will protect the IV16/IV32 values in the TX
context. This first step makes sure that we don't
assign the same IV multiple times or get confused
in other ways.
Secondly, change the way the P1K cache works. I
add a field "p1k_iv32" that stores the value of
the IV32 when the P1K was last recomputed, and
if different from the last time, then a new P1K
is recomputed. This can cause the P1K computation
to flip back and forth if packets are processed
out of order. All this also happens under the new
spinlock.
Finally, because there are argument differences,
split up the ieee80211_get_tkip_key() API into
ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k() and ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k()
and give them the correct arguments.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When initiating a graceful shutdown while having data chunks
on the retransmission queue with a peer which is in zero
window mode the shutdown is never completed because the
retransmission error count is reset periodically by the
following two rules:
- Do not timeout association while doing zero window probe.
- Reset overall error count when a heartbeat request has
been acknowledged.
The graceful shutdown will wait for all outstanding TSN to
be acknowledged before sending the SHUTDOWN request. This
never happens due to the peer's zero window not acknowledging
the continuously retransmitted data chunks. Although the
error counter is incremented for each failed retransmission,
the receiving of the SACK announcing the zero window clears
the error count again immediately. Also heartbeat requests
continue to be sent periodically. The peer acknowledges these
requests causing the error counter to be reset as well.
This patch changes behaviour to only reset the overall error
counter for the above rules while not in shutdown. After
reaching the maximum number of retransmission attempts, the
T5 shutdown guard timer is scheduled to give the receiver
some additional time to recover. The timer is stopped as soon
as the receiver acknowledges any data.
The issue can be easily reproduced by establishing a sctp
association over the loopback device, constantly queueing
data at the sender while not reading any at the receiver.
Wait for the window to reach zero, then initiate a shutdown
by killing both processes simultaneously. The association
will never be freed and the chunks on the retransmission
queue will be retransmitted indefinitely.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ERTM receive buffer is now handled in a way that does not require
the busy queue and the associated polling code.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This change moves most L2CAP ERTM receive buffer handling out of the
L2CAP core and in to the socket code. It's up to the higher layer
(the socket code, in this case) to tell the core when its buffer is
full or has space available. The recv op should always accept
incoming ERTM data or else the connection will go down.
Within the socket layer, an skb that does not fit in the socket
receive buffer will be temporarily stored. When the socket is read
from, that skb will be placed in the receive buffer if possible. Once
adequate buffer space becomes available, the L2CAP core is informed
and the ERTM local busy state is cleared.
Receive buffer management for non-ERTM modes is unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Since we have the extended LMP features properly implemented, we
should check the LMP_HOST_LE bit to know if the host supports LE.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new module parameter to enable/disable host LE
support. By default host LE support is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a handler to Write LE Host Supported command complete
events. Once this commands has completed successfully, we should
read the extended LMP features and update the extfeatures field in
hci_dev.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This new field holds the extended LMP features value. Some LE
mechanism such as discovery procedure needs to read the extended
LMP features to work properly.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This adds the necessary mac80211 APIs to support
GTK rekey offload, mirroring the functionality
from cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In certain circumstances, like WoWLAN scenarios,
devices may implement (partial) GTK rekeying on
the device to avoid waking up the host for it.
In order to successfully go through GTK rekeying,
the KEK, KCK and the replay counter are required.
Add API to let the supplicant hand the parameters
to the driver which may store it for future GTK
rekey operations.
Note that, of course, if GTK rekeying is done by
the device, the EAP frame must not be passed up
to userspace, instead a rekey event needs to be
sent to let userspace update its replay counter.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When in suspend/wowlan, devices might implement crypto
offload differently (more features), and might require
reprogramming keys for the WoWLAN (as it is the case
for Intel devices that use another uCode image). Thus
allow the driver to iterate all keys in this context.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch add an unsolicited notification of the DCBX negotiated
parameters for the CEE flavor of the DCBX protocol. The notification
message is identical to the aggregated CEE get operation and holds all
the pertinent local and peer information. The notification routine is
exported so it can be invoked by drivers supporting an embedded DCBX
stack.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NFC generic netlink interface exports the NFC control operations
to the user space.
Signed-off-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Aloisio Almeida Jr <aloisio.almeida@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The NFC subsystem core is responsible for providing the device driver
interface. It is also responsible for providing an interface to the control
operations and data exchange.
Signed-off-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Aloisio Almeida Jr <aloisio.almeida@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the driver can't support WoWLAN in the current
state, this patch allows it to return 1 from the
suspend callback to do the normal deconfiguration
instead of using suspend/resume calls. Note that
if it does this, resume won't be called.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IPV6, unlike IPV4, doesn't have a routing cache.
Routing table entries, as well as clones made in response
to route lookup requests, all live in the same table. And
all of these things are together collected in the destination
cache table for ipv6.
This means that routing table entries count against the garbage
collection limits, even though such entries cannot ever be reclaimed
and are added explicitly by the administrator (rather than being
created in response to lookups).
Therefore it makes no sense to count ipv6 routing table entries
against the GC limits.
Add a DST_NOCOUNT destination cache entry flag, and skip the counting
if it is set. Use this flag bit in ipv6 when adding routing table
entries.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a change sequence counter to each net namespace
which is bumped whenever a netdevice is added or removed from
the list. If such a change occurred while a link dump took place,
the dump will have the NLM_F_DUMP_INTR flag set in the first
message which has been interrupted and in all subsequent messages
of the same dump.
Note that links may still be modified or renamed while a dump is
taking place but we can guarantee for userspace to receive a
complete list of links and not miss any.
Testing:
I have added 500 VLAN netdevices to make sure the dump is split
over multiple messages. Then while continuously dumping links in
one process I also continuously deleted and re-added a dummy
netdevice in another process. Multiple dumps per seconds have
had the NLM_F_DUMP_INTR flag set.
I guess we can wait for Johannes patch to hit net-next via the
wireless tree. I just wanted to give this some testing right away.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a local logging function to emit bluetooth specific
messages. Using vsprintf extension %pV saves code/text
space.
Convert the current BT_INFO and BT_ERR macros to use bt_printk.
Remove __func__ from BT_ERR macro (and the uses).
Prefix "Bluetooth: " to BT_ERR
Remove __func__ from BT_DBG as function can be prefixed when
using dynamic_debug.
With allyesconfig:
text data bss dec hex filename
129956 8632 36096 174684 2aa5c drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.new2
134402 8632 36064 179098 2bb9a drivers/bluetooth/built-in.o.old
14778 1012 3408 19198 4afe net/bluetooth/bnep/built-in.o.new2
15067 1012 3408 19487 4c1f net/bluetooth/bnep/built-in.o.old
346595 19163 86080 451838 6e4fe net/bluetooth/built-in.o.new2
353751 19163 86064 458978 700e2 net/bluetooth/built-in.o.old
18483 1172 4264 23919 5d6f net/bluetooth/cmtp/built-in.o.new2
18927 1172 4264 24363 5f2b net/bluetooth/cmtp/built-in.o.old
19237 1172 5152 25561 63d9 net/bluetooth/hidp/built-in.o.new2
19581 1172 5152 25905 6531 net/bluetooth/hidp/built-in.o.old
59461 3884 14464 77809 12ff1 net/bluetooth/rfcomm/built-in.o.new2
61206 3884 14464 79554 136c2 net/bluetooth/rfcomm/built-in.o.old
with x86 defconfig (and just bluetooth):
$ size net/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.*
text data bss dec hex filename
66358 933 100 67391 1073f net/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.new
66643 933 100 67676 1085c net/bluetooth/built-in.o.defconfig.old
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Make it easier to use more normal logging styles later.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add a memeber to the ieee80211_sta structure to indicate whether the STA
supports WME.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix 'make htmldocs' warnings:
Warning(/include/linux/hrtimer.h:153): No description found for
parameter 'clockid'
Warning(/include/linux/device.h:604): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef
member 'of_match' description in 'device'
Warning(/include/net/sock.h:349): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef
member 'sk_rmem_alloc' description in 'sock'
Signed-off-by: Vitaliy Ivanov <vitalivanov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Fix 'make htmldocs' warnings:
Warning(/include/linux/hrtimer.h:153): No description found for parameter 'clockid'
Warning(/include/linux/device.h:604): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'of_match' description in 'device'
Warning(/include/net/sock.h:349): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'sk_rmem_alloc' description in 'sock'
Signed-off-by: Vitaliy Ivanov <vitalivanov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Sometimes when reporting a MIC failure rx->key may be unset. This
code path is hit when receiving a packet meant for a multicast
address, and decryption is performed in HW.
Fortunately, the failing key_idx is not used for anything up to
(and including) usermode, so we allow ourselves to drop it on the
way up when a key cannot be retrieved.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Seems like this was not cleaned during the 'rfkill: rewrite' checkin
19d337dff9.
Signed-off-by: Vitaliy Ivanov <vitalivanov@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It needs to be available even when CONFIG_INET is not set.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Consider the following situation:
* a dump that would show 8 entries, four in the first
round, and four in the second
* between the first and second rounds, 6 entries are
removed
* now the second round will not show any entry, and
even if there is a sequence/generation counter the
application will not know
To solve this problem, add a new flag NLM_F_DUMP_INTR
to the netlink header that indicates the dump wasn't
consistent, this flag can also be set on the MSG_DONE
message that terminates the dump, and as such above
situation can be detected.
To achieve this, add a sequence counter to the netlink
callback struct. Of course, netlink code still needs
to use this new functionality. The correct way to do
that is to always set cb->seq when a dumpit callback
is invoked and call nl_dump_check_consistent() for
each new message. The core code will also call this
function for the final MSG_DONE message.
To make it usable with generic netlink, a new function
genlmsg_nlhdr() is needed to obtain the netlink header
from the genetlink user header.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are enough instances of this:
iph->frag_off & htons(IP_MF | IP_OFFSET)
that a helper function is probably warranted.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Incorrect return type on dcb_setapp() this routine
returns negative error codes. All call sites of
dcb_setapp() assign the return value to an int already
so no need to update drivers.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With multiple APP entries per selector and protocol drivers
or stacks may want to pick a specific value or stripe traffic
across many priorities. Also if an APP entry in use is
deleted the stack/driver may want to choose from the existing
APP entries.
To facilitate this and avoid having duplicate code to walk
the APP ring provide a routine dcb_ieee_getapp_mask() to
return a u8 bitmask of all priorities set for the specified
selector and protocol. This routine and bitmask is a helper
for DCB kernel users.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that we allow multiple IEEE App entries we need a way
to remove specific entries. To do this add the ieee_dcb_delapp()
routine.
Additionaly drivers may need to remove the APP entry from
their firmware tables. Add dcb ops routine to handle this.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds a setapp routine for IEEE802.1Qaz encoded APP data types.
The IEEE 802.1Qaz spec encodes the priority bits differently and
allows for multiple APP data entries of the same selector and
protocol. Trying to force these to use the same set routines was
becoming tedious. Furthermore, userspace could probably enforce
the correct semantics, but expecting drivers to do this seems
error prone in the firmware case.
For these reasons add ieee_dcb_setapp() that understands the
IEEE 802.1Qaz encoded form.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that dcbnl is being used in many cases by more
than a single agent it is beneficial to be notified
when some entity either driver or user space has
changed the DCB attributes.
Today applications either end up polling the interface
or relying on a user space database to maintain the DCB
state and post events. Polling is a poor solution for
obvious reasons. And relying on a user space database
has its own downside. Namely it has created strange
boot dependencies requiring the database be populated
before any applications dependent on DCB attributes
starts or the application goes into a polling loop.
Populating the database requires negotiating link
setting with the peer and can take anywhere from less
than a second up to a few seconds depending on the switch
implementation.
Perhaps more importantly if another application or an
embedded agent sets a DCB link attribute the database
has no way of knowing other than polling the kernel.
This prevents applications from responding quickly to
changes in link events which at least in the FCoE case
and probably any other protocols expecting a lossless
link may result in IO errors.
By adding a multicast group for DCB we have clean way
to disseminate kernel DCB link attributes up to user
space. Avoiding the need for user space to maintain
a coherant database and disperse events that potentially
do not reflect the current link state.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (40 commits)
pxa168_eth: fix race in transmit path.
ipv4, ping: Remove duplicate icmp.h include
netxen: fix race in skb->len access
sgi-xp: fix a use after free
hp100: fix an skb->len race
netpoll: copy dev name of slaves to struct netpoll
ipv4: fix multicast losses
r8169: fix static initializers.
inet_diag: fix inet_diag_bc_audit()
gigaset: call module_put before restart of if_open()
farsync: add module_put to error path in fst_open()
net: rfs: enable RFS before first data packet is received
fs_enet: fix freescale FCC ethernet dp buffer alignment
netdev: bfin_mac: fix memory leak when freeing dma descriptors
vlan: don't call ndo_vlan_rx_register on hardware that doesn't have vlan support
caif: Bugfix - XOFF removed channel from caif-mux
tun: teach the tun/tap driver to support netpoll
dp83640: drop PHY status frames in the driver.
dp83640: fix phy status frame event parsing
phylib: Allow BCM63XX PHY to be selected only on BCM63XX.
...
When suspending, __ieee80211_suspend() calls ieee80211_scan_cancel(),
which will only cancel sw scan. In order to cancel hw scan, the
low-level driver has to cancel it in the suspend() callback. however,
this is too late, as a new scan_work will be enqueued (while the driver
is going into suspend).
Add a new cancel_hw_scan() callback, asking the driver to cancel an
active hw scan, and call it in ieee80211_scan_cancel().
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of setting bits manually we use set_bit, test_bit, etc.
Also remove L2CAP_ prefix from macros.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Management interface commands for blocking and unblocking devices.
Signed-off-by: Antti Julku <antti.julku@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Move blacklisting functions to hci_core.c, so that they can
be used by both management interface and hci socket interface.
Signed-off-by: Antti Julku <antti.julku@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Avoid double seq adjustment for loopback traffic
because it causes silent repetition of TCP data. One
example is passive FTP with DNAT rule and difference in the
length of IP addresses.
This patch adds check if packet is sent and
received via loopback device. As the same conntrack is
used both for outgoing and incoming direction, we restrict
seq adjustment to happen only in POSTROUTING.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch implements a check in smp cmd pairing request and pairing
response to verify if encryption key maximum size is compatible in both
slave and master when SMP Pairing is requested. Keys are also masked to
the correct negotiated size.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds support for disconnecting the link when SMP procedure
takes more than 30 seconds.
SMP begins when either the Pairing Request command is sent or the
Pairing Response is received, and it ends when the link is encrypted
(or terminated). Vol 3, Part H Section 3.4.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
After restructuring, there is some unused or empty functions
left to be removed.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
If the pending security level is greater than the current security
level and the link is now encrypted, we should update the link
security level.
This is only useful for LE links, when the only event generated
when SMP is sucessful in the Encrypt Change event.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This adds support for starting SMP Phase 2 Encryption, when the initial
SMP negotiation is successful. This adds the LE Start Encryption and LE
Long Term Key Request commands and related events.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch includes support for generating and sending the random value
used to produce the confirmation value.
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds initial support for verifying the confirmation value
that the remote side has sent.
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This will allow using the crypto subsystem for encrypting data. As SMP
(Security Manager Protocol) is implemented almost entirely on the host
side and the crypto module already implements the needed methods
(AES-128), it makes sense to use it.
There's now a new module option to enable/disable SMP support.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This implementation only exchanges SMP messages between the Host and the
Remote. No keys are being generated. TK and STK generation will be
provided in further patches.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
These simple commands will allow the SMP procedure to be started
and terminated with a not supported error. This is the first step
toward something useful.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
ERTM use the generic L2CAP timer functions to keep a reference to the
channel. This is useful for avoiding crashes.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
struct l2cap_chan has now its own refcnt that is compatible with the
socket refcnt, i.e., we won't see sk_refcnt = 0 and chan->refcnt > 0.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Now socket state is tracked by struct sock and channel state is tracked by
chan->state. At this point both says the same, but this is going to change
when we add AMP Support for example.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add an abstraction layer between L2CAP core and its users (only
l2cap_sock.c now). The first function implemented is new_connection() that
replaces calls to l2cap_sock_alloc() in l2cap_core.c
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Make it more clear what the functions does,
on request by Julian.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Remove variable ctl_key from struct netns_ipvs,
it's a leftover from early netns work.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
* new refcount in struct net, controlling actual freeing of the memory
* new method in kobj_ns_type_operations (->drop_ns())
* ->current_ns() semantics change - it's supposed to be followed by
corresponding ->drop_ns(). For struct net in case of CONFIG_NET_NS it bumps
the new refcount; net_drop_ns() decrements it and calls net_free() if the
last reference has been dropped. Method renamed to ->grab_current_ns().
* old net_free() callers call net_drop_ns() instead.
* sysfs_exit_ns() is gone, along with a large part of callchain
leading to it; now that the references stored in ->ns[...] stay valid we
do not need to hunt them down and replace them with NULL. That fixes
problems in sysfs_lookup() and sysfs_readdir(), along with getting rid
of sb->s_instances abuse.
Note that struct net *shutdown* logics has not changed - net_cleanup()
is called exactly when it used to be called. The only thing postponed by
having a sysfs instance refering to that struct net is actual freeing of
memory occupied by struct net.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
SNMP mibs use two percpu arrays, one used in BH context, another in USER
context. With increasing number of cpus in machines, and fact that ipv6
uses per network device ipstats_mib, this is consuming a lot of memory
if many network devices are registered.
commit be281e554e (ipv6: reduce per device ICMP mib sizes) shrinked
percpu needs for ipv6, but we can reduce memory use a bit more.
With recent percpu infrastructure (irqsafe_cpu_inc() ...), we no longer
need this BH/USER separation since we can update counters in a single
x86 instruction, regardless of the BH/USER context.
Other arches than x86 might need to disable irq in their
irqsafe_cpu_inc() implementation : If this happens to be a problem, we
can make SNMP_ARRAY_SZ arch dependent, but a previous poll
( https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/3/17/174 ) to arch maintainers did not
raise strong opposition.
Only on 32bit arches, we need to disable BH for 64bit counters updates
done from USER context (currently used for IP MIB)
This also reduces vmlinux size :
1) x86_64 build
$ size vmlinux.before vmlinux.after
text data bss dec hex filename
7853650 1293772 1896448 11043870 a8841e vmlinux.before
7850578 1293772 1896448 11040798 a8781e vmlinux.after
2) i386 build
$ size vmlinux.before vmlinux.afterpatch
text data bss dec hex filename
6039335 635076 3670016 10344427 9dd7eb vmlinux.before
6037342 635076 3670016 10342434 9dd022 vmlinux.afterpatch
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Andi Kleen <andi@firstfloor.org>
CC: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
CC: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
CC: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
CC: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org
CC: linux-arch@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add ieee80211_get_operstate() function to get the operstate
of the netdevice.
This is needed for drivers that need to know when the interface
is IF_OPER_UP (e.g. wl12xx), and block notifiers can't be used
(e.g. because the interface is already IF_OPER_UP, like after
resuming from suspend)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The message size allocated for rtnl ifinfo dumps was limited to
a single page. This is not enough for additional interface info
available with devices that support SR-IOV and caused a bug in
which VF info would not be displayed if more than approximately
40 VFs were created per interface.
Implement a new function pointer for the rtnl_register service that will
calculate the amount of data required for the ifinfo dump and allocate
enough data to satisfy the request.
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Profiles show false sharing in addr_compare() because refcnt/dtime
changes dirty the first inet_peer cache line, where are lying the keys
used at lookup time. If many cpus are calling inet_getpeer() and
inet_putpeer(), or need frag ids, addr_compare() is in 2nd position in
"perf top".
Before patch, my udpflood bench (16 threads) on my 2x4x2 machine :
5784.00 9.7% csum_partial_copy_generic [kernel]
3356.00 5.6% addr_compare [kernel]
2638.00 4.4% fib_table_lookup [kernel]
2625.00 4.4% ip_fragment [kernel]
1934.00 3.2% neigh_lookup [kernel]
1617.00 2.7% udp_sendmsg [kernel]
1608.00 2.7% __ip_route_output_key [kernel]
1480.00 2.5% __ip_append_data [kernel]
1396.00 2.3% kfree [kernel]
1195.00 2.0% kmem_cache_free [kernel]
1157.00 1.9% inet_getpeer [kernel]
1121.00 1.9% neigh_resolve_output [kernel]
1012.00 1.7% dev_queue_xmit [kernel]
# time ./udpflood.sh
real 0m44.511s
user 0m20.020s
sys 11m22.780s
# time ./udpflood.sh
real 0m44.099s
user 0m20.140s
sys 11m15.870s
After patch, no more addr_compare() in profiles :
4171.00 10.7% csum_partial_copy_generic [kernel]
1787.00 4.6% fib_table_lookup [kernel]
1756.00 4.5% ip_fragment [kernel]
1234.00 3.2% udp_sendmsg [kernel]
1191.00 3.0% neigh_lookup [kernel]
1118.00 2.9% __ip_append_data [kernel]
1022.00 2.6% kfree [kernel]
993.00 2.5% __ip_route_output_key [kernel]
841.00 2.2% neigh_resolve_output [kernel]
816.00 2.1% kmem_cache_free [kernel]
658.00 1.7% ia32_sysenter_target [kernel]
632.00 1.6% kmem_cache_alloc_node [kernel]
# time ./udpflood.sh
real 0m41.587s
user 0m19.190s
sys 10m36.370s
# time ./udpflood.sh
real 0m41.486s
user 0m19.290s
sys 10m33.650s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Andi Kleen and Tim Chen reported huge contention on inetpeer
unused_peers.lock, on memcached workload on a 40 core machine, with
disabled route cache.
It appears we constantly flip peers refcnt between 0 and 1 values, and
we must insert/remove peers from unused_peers.list, holding a contended
spinlock.
Remove this list completely and perform a garbage collection on-the-fly,
at lookup time, using the expired nodes we met during the tree
traversal.
This removes a lot of code, makes locking more standard, and obsoletes
two sysctls (inet_peer_gc_mintime and inet_peer_gc_maxtime). This also
removes two pointers in inet_peer structure.
There is still a false sharing effect because refcnt is in first cache
line of object [were the links and keys used by lookups are located], we
might move it at the end of inet_peer structure to let this first cache
line mostly read by cpus.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Andi Kleen <andi@firstfloor.org>
CC: Tim Chen <tim.c.chen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch lowers the default initRTO from 3secs to 1sec per
RFC2988bis. It falls back to 3secs if the SYN or SYN-ACK packet
has been retransmitted, AND the TCP timestamp option is not on.
It also adds support to take RTT sample during 3WHS on the passive
open side, just like its active open counterpart, and uses it, if
valid, to seed the initRTO for the data transmission phase.
The patch also resets ssthresh to its initial default at the
beginning of the data transmission phase, and reduces cwnd to 1 if
there has been MORE THAN ONE retransmission during 3WHS per RFC5681.
Signed-off-by: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add BT_POWER socket option used to control the power
characteristics of the underlying ACL link. When the remote end
has put the link in sniff mode and the host stack wants to send
data we need need to explicitly exit sniff mode to work well with
certain devices (For example, A2DP on Plantronics Voyager 855).
However, this causes problems with HID devices.
Hence, moving into active mode when sending data, irrespective
of who set the sniff mode has been made as a socket option. By
default, we will move into active mode. HID devices can set the
L2CAP socket option to prevent this from happening.
Currently, this has been implemented for L2CAP sockets. This has been
tested with incoming and outgoing L2CAP sockets for HID and A2DP.
Based on discussions on linux-bluetooth and patches submitted by
Andrei Emeltchenko.
Signed-off-by: Jaikumar Ganesh <jaikumar@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new field (dst_type) to the struct hci_conn which
holds the type of the destination address (bdaddr_t dst). This
approach is needed in order to use the struct hci_conn as an
abstraction of LE connections in HCI Layer. For non-LE this field
is ignored.
This patch also set properly the 'dst_type' field after initializing
LE hci_conn structures.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Legacy devices don't re-authenticate the link properly if a link key
already exists. Thus, don't update sec_level for this case even if
hci_auth_complete_evt indicates success. Otherwise the sec_level will
not reflect a real security on the link.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a timer to clear 'adv_entries' after three minutes.
After some amount of time, the advertising entries cached during
the last LE scan should be considered expired and they should be
removed from the advertising cache.
It was chosen a three minutes timeout as an initial attempt. This
value might change in future.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The LE advertising cache should be cleared before performing a LE
scanning. This will force the cache to contain only fresh advertising
entries.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements the LE advertising cache. It stores sensitive
information (bdaddr and bdaddr_type so far) gathered from LE
advertising report events.
Only advertising entries from connectables devices are added to the
cache.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds definitions and a new struct for Advertising Report
Event from LE and Dual Mode controllers.
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The call to l2cap_chan_clear_timer() is not really needed in l2cap_sock.c.
This patch also adds a call to l2cap_chan_clear_timer() to the only place
in __l2cap_sock_close() that wasn't calling it. It's safe call it there
because l2cap_chan_clear_timer() check first for timer_peding().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The new timer does not belong to struct sock, tought it still touch some
sock things, but this will be sorted out soon.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
chan_type says if our chan is raw(direclty access to HCI),
connection less or connection oriented.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This move all the sending logic to l2cap_core.c, but we still have a
socket dependence there, struct msghdr. It will be removed in some of the
further commits.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This is actually __l2cap_sock_close() renamed to __l2cap_chan_close().
At a first look it may not make sense, but with the further cleanups that
will come it will.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Some devices support BT/WLAN co-existence algorigthms.
In order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
requests not to allow any RX BA session and tear down existing RX BA sessions
based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs to limit
WLAN activity (eg.SCO or A2DP).
In such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the RX PPDU and
therefore prevent the peer device to use A-MPDU aggregation.
Adding ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session() callback
that can be used by the driver to stop existing BA sessions.
Signed-off-by: Shahar Levi <shahar_levi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* remove interrupt.g inclusion from netdevice.h -- not needed
* fixup fallout, add interrupt.h and hardirq.h back where needed.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Semicolons are not necessary after switch/while/for/if braces
so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (40 commits)
tg3: Fix tg3_skb_error_unmap()
net: tracepoint of net_dev_xmit sees freed skb and causes panic
drivers/net/can/flexcan.c: add missing clk_put
net: dm9000: Get the chip in a known good state before enabling interrupts
drivers/net/davinci_emac.c: add missing clk_put
af-packet: Add flag to distinguish VID 0 from no-vlan.
caif: Fix race when conditionally taking rtnl lock
usbnet/cdc_ncm: add missing .reset_resume hook
vlan: fix typo in vlan_dev_hard_start_xmit()
net/ipv4: Check for mistakenly passed in non-IPv4 address
iwl4965: correctly validate temperature value
bluetooth l2cap: fix locking in l2cap_global_chan_by_psm
ath9k: fix two more bugs in tx power
cfg80211: don't drop p2p probe responses
Revert "net: fix section mismatches"
drivers/net/usb/catc.c: Fix potential deadlock in catc_ctrl_run()
sctp: stop pending timers and purge queues when peer restart asoc
drivers/net: ks8842 Fix crash on received packet when in PIO mode.
ip_options_compile: properly handle unaligned pointer
iwlagn: fix incorrect PCI subsystem id for 6150 devices
...
In this case, the SCTP association transmits an ASCONF packet
including addition of the new IP address and deletion of the old
address. This patch implements this functionality.
In this case, the ASCONF chunk is added to the beginning of the
queue, because the other chunks cannot be transmitted in this state.
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch allows the application to operate Auto-ASCONF on/off
behavior via setsockopt() and getsockopt().
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP reconfigure the IP addresses in the association by using
ASCONF chunks as mentioned in RFC5061. For example, we can
start to use the newly configured IP address in the existing
association. This patch implements automatic ASCONF operation
in the SCTP stack with address events in the host computer,
which is called auto_asconf.
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Acked-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the CAIF HSI Protocol Driver for the
CAIF Link Layer.
This driver implements a platform driver to accommodate for a
platform specific HSI devices. A general platform driver is not
possible as there are no HSI side Kernel API defined.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds dump support to testmode. The testmode
dump support in nl80211 requires using two of the
six cb->args, the rest can be used by the driver
to figure out where the dump position is at or to
store other data across invocations.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the peer restart the asoc, we should not only fail any unsent/unacked
data, but also stop the T3-rtx, SACK, T4-rto timers, and teardown ASCONF
queues.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
net: Kill ratelimit.h dependency in linux/net.h
net: Add linux/sysctl.h includes where needed.
net: Kill ether_table[] declaration.
inetpeer: fix race in unused_list manipulations
atm: expose ATM device index in sysfs
IPVS: bug in ip_vs_ftp, same list heaad used in all netns.
bug.h: Move ratelimit warn interfaces to ratelimit.h
bonding: cleanup module option descriptions
net:8021q:vlan.c Fix pr_info to just give the vlan fullname and version.
net: davinci_emac: fix dev_err use at probe
can: convert to %pK for kptr_restrict support
net: fix ETHTOOL_SFEATURES compatibility with old ethtool_ops.set_flags
netfilter: Fix several warnings in compat_mtw_from_user().
netfilter: ipset: fix ip_set_flush return code
netfilter: ipset: remove unused variable from type_pf_tdel()
netfilter: ipset: Use proper timeout value to jiffies conversion
Ingo Molnar noticed that we have this unnecessary ratelimit.h
dependency in linux/net.h, which hid compilation problems from
people doing builds only with CONFIG_NET enabled.
Move this stuff out to a seperate net/net_ratelimit.h file and
include that in the only two places where this thing is needed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Several networking headers were depending upon the implicit
linux/sysctl.h include they get when including linux/net.h
Add explicit includes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When ip_vs was adapted to netns the ftp application was not adapted
in a correct way.
However this is a fix to avoid kernel errors. In the long term another solution
might be chosen. I.e the ports that the ftp appl, uses should be per netns.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/ebiederm/linux-2.6-nsfd:
net: fix get_net_ns_by_fd for !CONFIG_NET_NS
ns proc: Return -ENOENT for a nonexistent /proc/self/ns/ entry.
ns: Declare sys_setns in syscalls.h
net: Allow setting the network namespace by fd
ns proc: Add support for the ipc namespace
ns proc: Add support for the uts namespace
ns proc: Add support for the network namespace.
ns: Introduce the setns syscall
ns: proc files for namespace naming policy.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (89 commits)
bonding: documentation and code cleanup for resend_igmp
bonding: prevent deadlock on slave store with alb mode (v3)
net: hold rtnl again in dump callbacks
Add Fujitsu 1000base-SX PCI ID to tg3
bnx2x: protect sequence increment with mutex
sch_sfq: fix peek() implementation
isdn: netjet - blacklist Digium TDM400P
via-velocity: don't annotate MAC registers as packed
xen: netfront: hold RTNL when updating features.
sctp: fix memory leak of the ASCONF queue when free asoc
net: make dev_disable_lro use physical device if passed a vlan dev (v2)
net: move is_vlan_dev into public header file (v2)
bug.h: Fix build with CONFIG_PRINTK disabled.
wireless: fix fatal kernel-doc error + warning in mac80211.h
wireless: fix cfg80211.h new kernel-doc warnings
iwlagn: dbg_fixed_rate only used when CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS enabled
dst: catch uninitialized metrics
be2net: hash key for rss-config cmd not set
bridge: initialize fake_rtable metrics
net: fix __dst_destroy_metrics_generic()
...
Fix up trivial conflicts in drivers/staging/brcm80211/brcmfmac/wl_cfg80211.c
There are two small cleanups in this patch:
- p9_errstr2errno was declared twice - remove one declaration.
- A uint8_t type was mixed in, change it to u8 to match
with the rest of the type names and remove dependency.
Cc: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Cc: Ron Minnich <rminnich@sandia.gov>
Cc: Latchesar Ionkov <lucho@ionkov.net>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <levinsasha928@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Typo fixes and minor cleanups for v9fs
Signed-off-by: Rob Landley <rob@landley.net>
Reviewed-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri (JV) <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Fix new kernel-doc Error and Warning in <net/mac80211.h>:
Error(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:550): cannot understand prototype: 'struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies '
Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:2289): No description found for parameter 'sta'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix new kernel-doc warnings in <net/cfg80211.h>:
Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/cfg80211.h:560): No description found for parameter 'bss_param'
Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/cfg80211.h:1555): Enum value 'WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN' not described in enum 'wiphy_flags'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Catch cases where dst_metric_set() and other functions are called
but _metrics is NULL.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (39 commits)
b43: fix comment typo reqest -> request
Haavard Skinnemoen has left Atmel
cris: typo in mach-fs Makefile
Kconfig: fix copy/paste-ism for dell-wmi-aio driver
doc: timers-howto: fix a typo ("unsgined")
perf: Only include annotate.h once in tools/perf/util/ui/browsers/annotate.c
md, raid5: Fix spelling error in comment ('Ofcourse' --> 'Of course').
treewide: fix a few typos in comments
regulator: change debug statement be consistent with the style of the rest
Revert "arm: mach-u300/gpio: Fix mem_region resource size miscalculations"
audit: acquire creds selectively to reduce atomic op overhead
rtlwifi: don't touch with treewide double semicolon removal
treewide: cleanup continuations and remove logging message whitespace
ath9k_hw: don't touch with treewide double semicolon removal
include/linux/leds-regulator.h: fix syntax in example code
tty: fix typo in descripton of tty_termios_encode_baud_rate
xtensa: remove obsolete BKL kernel option from defconfig
m68k: fix comment typo 'occcured'
arch:Kconfig.locks Remove unused config option.
treewide: remove extra semicolons
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (27 commits)
bnx2x: allow device properly initialize after hotplug
bnx2x: fix DMAE timeout according to hw specifications
bnx2x: properly handle CFC DEL in cnic flow
bnx2x: call dev_kfree_skb_any instead of dev_kfree_skb
net: filter: move forward declarations to avoid compile warnings
pktgen: refactor pg_init() code
pktgen: use vzalloc_node() instead of vmalloc_node() + memset()
net: skb_trim explicitely check the linearity instead of data_len
ipv4: Give backtrace in ip_rt_bug().
net: avoid synchronize_rcu() in dev_deactivate_many
net: remove synchronize_net() from netdev_set_master()
rtnetlink: ignore NETDEV_RELEASE and NETDEV_JOIN event
net: rename NETDEV_BONDING_DESLAVE to NETDEV_RELEASE
bridge: call NETDEV_JOIN notifiers when add a slave
netpoll: disable netpoll when enslave a device
macvlan: Forward unicast frames in bridge mode to lowerdev
net: Remove linux/prefetch.h include from linux/skbuff.h
ipv4: Include linux/prefetch.h in fib_trie.c
netlabel: Remove prefetches from list handlers.
drivers/net: add prefetch header for prefetch users
...
Fixed up prefetch parts: removed a few duplicate prefetch.h includes,
fixed the location of the igb prefetch.h, took my version of the
skbuff.h code without the extra parentheses etc.
Fix new kernel-doc Error and Warning in <net/mac80211.h>:
Error(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:550): cannot understand prototype: 'struct ieee80211_sched_scan_ies '
Warning(linux-2.6.39-git5/include/net/mac80211.h:2289): No description found for parameter 'sta'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Trivial patch updating documentation in header files only.
Error handling of CAIF transmit errors was changed by commit:
caif: Don't resend if dev_queue_xmit fails.
This patch updates the documentation accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1446 commits)
macvlan: fix panic if lowerdev in a bond
tg3: Add braces around 5906 workaround.
tg3: Fix NETIF_F_LOOPBACK error
macvlan: remove one synchronize_rcu() call
networking: NET_CLS_ROUTE4 depends on INET
irda: Fix error propagation in ircomm_lmp_connect_response()
irda: Kill set but unused variable 'bytes' in irlan_check_command_param()
irda: Kill set but unused variable 'clen' in ircomm_connect_indication()
rxrpc: Fix set but unused variable 'usage' in rxrpc_get_transport()
be2net: Kill set but unused variable 'req' in lancer_fw_download()
irda: Kill set but unused vars 'saddr' and 'daddr' in irlan_provider_connect_indication()
atl1c: atl1c_resume() is only used when CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is defined.
rxrpc: Fix set but unused variable 'usage' in rxrpc_get_peer().
rxrpc: Kill set but unused variable 'local' in rxrpc_UDP_error_handler()
rxrpc: Kill set but unused variable 'sp' in rxrpc_process_connection()
rxrpc: Kill set but unused variable 'sp' in rxrpc_rotate_tx_window()
pkt_sched: Kill set but unused variable 'protocol' in tc_classify()
isdn: capi: Use pr_debug() instead of ifdefs.
tg3: Update version to 3.119
tg3: Apply rx_discards fix to 5719/5720
...
Fix up trivial conflicts in arch/x86/Kconfig and net/mac80211/agg-tx.c
as per Davem.
ipv6 has per device ICMP SNMP counters, taking too much space because
they use percpu storage.
needed size per device is :
(512+4)*sizeof(long)*number_of_possible_cpus*2
On a 32bit kernel, 16 possible cpus, this wastes more than 64kbytes of
memory per ipv6 enabled network device, taken in vmalloc pool.
Since ICMP messages are rare, just use shared counters (atomic_long_t)
Per network space ICMP counters are still using percpu memory, we might
also convert them to shared counters in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Denys Fedoryshchenko <denys@visp.net.lb>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
cfg80211 scan code adds separate BSS entries if the same BSS shows up
on multiple channels. However, sme implementation does not use the
frequency when fetching the BSS entry. Fix this by adding channel
information to cfg80211_roamed() and include it in cfg80211_get_bss()
calls.
Please note that drivers using cfg80211_roamed() need to be modified to
fully implement this fix. This commit includes only minimal changes to
avoid compilation issues; it maintains the old (broken) behavior for
most drivers. ath6kl was the only one that I could test, so I updated
it to provide the operating frequency in the roamed event.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's way past it's usefulness. And this gets rid of a bunch
of stray ->rt_{dst,src} references.
Even the comment documenting the macro was inaccurate (stated
default was 1 when it's 0).
If reintroduced, it should be done properly, with dynamic debug
facilities.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If CONFIG_PROC_SYSCTL=n the building process fails:
ping.c:(.text+0x52af3): undefined reference to `inet_get_ping_group_range_net'
Moved inet_get_ping_group_range_net() to ping.c.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segoon@openwall.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently the devices that have already stripped IEEE 802.11
header from the AMSDU SKB can not use ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s
routine. This patch enhances ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s() API by
changing mandatory removing of IEEE 802.11 header from AMSDU
to optional.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These definitions need to be exposed now that we can set the peer link
states via NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE. They were already being
(opaquely) reported by NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to advertise interface combinations in nl80211.
This allows the driver to indicate what the combinations are
that it supports. "Combinations" of just a single interface are
implicit, as previously. Note that cfg80211 will enforce that
the restrictions are met, but not for all drivers yet (once all
drivers are updated, we can remove the flag and enforce for all).
When no combinations are actually supported, an empty list will
be exported so that userspace can know if the kernel exported
this info or not (although it isn't clear to me what tools using
the info should do if the kernel didn't export it).
Since some interface types are purely virtual/software and don't
fit the restrictions, those are exposed in a new list of pure SW
types, not subject to restrictions. This mainly exists to handle
AP-VLAN and monitor interfaces in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Do proper handling of dev_queue_xmit errors in order to
avoid double free of skb and leaks in error conditions.
In cfctrl pending requests are removed when CAIF Link layer goes down.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use struct net to reference CAIF configuration object instead of static variables.
Refactor functions caif_connect_client, caif_disconnect_client and squach
files cfcnfg.c and caif_config_utils.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CAIF Socket Layer and ip-interface registers reference counters
in CAIF service layer. The functions sock_hold, sock_put and
dev_hold, dev_put are used by CAIF Stack to protect from freeing
memory while packets are in-flight.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of having reference counts in caif service layers,
we hook into existing refcount handling in socket layer and netdevice.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Introduce Per-cpu reference for lower part of CAIF Stack.
Before freeing payload is disabled, synchronize_rcu() is called,
and then ref-count verified to be zero.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
RCU read_lock and refcount is used to protect in-flight packets.
Use RCU and counters to manage freeing lower part of the CAIF stack if
CAIF-link layer is removed. Old solution based on delaying removal of
device is removed.
When CAIF link layer goes down the use of CAIF link layer is disabled
(by calling caif_set_phy_state()), but removal and freeing of the
lower part of the CAIF stack is done when Link layer is unregistered.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Replace spin_lock with rcu_read_lock when accessing lists to layers
and cache. While packets are in flight rcu_read_lock should not be held,
instead ref-counters are used in combination with RCU.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6:
bridge: fix forwarding of IPv6
bonding,llc: Fix structure sizeof incompatibility for some PDUs
ipv6: restore correct ECN handling on TCP xmit
ne-h8300: Fix regression caused during net_device_ops conversion
hydra: Fix regression caused during net_device_ops conversion
zorro8390: Fix regression caused during net_device_ops conversion
sfc: Always map MCDI shared memory as uncacheable
ehea: Fix memory hotplug oops
libertas: fix cmdpendingq locking
iwlegacy: fix IBSS mode crashes
ath9k: Fix a warning due to a queued work during S3 state
mac80211: don't start the dynamic ps timer if not associated
Pass in the sk_buff so that we can fetch the necessary keys from
the packet header when working with input routes.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds IPPROTO_ICMP socket kind. It makes it possible to send
ICMP_ECHO messages and receive the corresponding ICMP_ECHOREPLY messages
without any special privileges. In other words, the patch makes it
possible to implement setuid-less and CAP_NET_RAW-less /bin/ping. In
order not to increase the kernel's attack surface, the new functionality
is disabled by default, but is enabled at bootup by supporting Linux
distributions, optionally with restriction to a group or a group range
(see below).
Similar functionality is implemented in Mac OS X:
http://www.manpagez.com/man/4/icmp/
A new ping socket is created with
socket(PF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, PROT_ICMP)
Message identifiers (octets 4-5 of ICMP header) are interpreted as local
ports. Addresses are stored in struct sockaddr_in. No port numbers are
reserved for privileged processes, port 0 is reserved for API ("let the
kernel pick a free number"). There is no notion of remote ports, remote
port numbers provided by the user (e.g. in connect()) are ignored.
Data sent and received include ICMP headers. This is deliberate to:
1) Avoid the need to transport headers values like sequence numbers by
other means.
2) Make it easier to port existing programs using raw sockets.
ICMP headers given to send() are checked and sanitized. The type must be
ICMP_ECHO and the code must be zero (future extensions might relax this,
see below). The id is set to the number (local port) of the socket, the
checksum is always recomputed.
ICMP reply packets received from the network are demultiplexed according
to their id's, and are returned by recv() without any modifications.
IP header information and ICMP errors of those packets may be obtained
via ancillary data (IP_RECVTTL, IP_RETOPTS, and IP_RECVERR). ICMP source
quenches and redirects are reported as fake errors via the error queue
(IP_RECVERR); the next hop address for redirects is saved to ee_info (in
network order).
socket(2) is restricted to the group range specified in
"/proc/sys/net/ipv4/ping_group_range". It is "1 0" by default, meaning
that nobody (not even root) may create ping sockets. Setting it to "100
100" would grant permissions to the single group (to either make
/sbin/ping g+s and owned by this group or to grant permissions to the
"netadmins" group), "0 4294967295" would enable it for the world, "100
4294967295" would enable it for the users, but not daemons.
The existing code might be (in the unlikely case anyone needs it)
extended rather easily to handle other similar pairs of ICMP messages
(Timestamp/Reply, Information Request/Reply, Address Mask Request/Reply
etc.).
Userspace ping util & patch for it:
http://openwall.info/wiki/people/segoon/ping
For Openwall GNU/*/Linux it was the last step on the road to the
setuid-less distro. A revision of this patch (for RHEL5/OpenVZ kernels)
is in use in Owl-current, such as in the 2011/03/12 LiveCD ISOs:
http://mirrors.kernel.org/openwall/Owl/current/iso/
Initially this functionality was written by Pavel Kankovsky for
Linux 2.4.32, but unfortunately it was never made public.
All ping options (-b, -p, -Q, -R, -s, -t, -T, -M, -I), are tested with
the patch.
PATCH v3:
- switched to flowi4.
- minor changes to be consistent with raw sockets code.
PATCH v2:
- changed ping_debug() to pr_debug().
- removed CONFIG_IP_PING.
- removed ping_seq_fops.owner field (unused for procfs).
- switched to proc_net_fops_create().
- switched to %pK in seq_printf().
PATCH v1:
- fixed checksumming bug.
- CAP_NET_RAW may not create icmp sockets anymore.
RFC v2:
- minor cleanups.
- introduced sysctl'able group range to restrict socket(2).
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segoon@openwall.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With some combinations of arch/compiler (e.g. arm-linux-gcc) the sizeof
operator on structure returns value greater than expected. In cases when the
structure is used for mapping PDU fields it may lead to unexpected results
(such as holes and alignment problems in skb data). __packed prevents this
undesired behavior.
Signed-off-by: Vitalii Demianets <vitas@nppfactor.kiev.ua>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit e9df2e8fd8 (Use appropriate sock tclass setting for
routing lookup) we lost ability to properly add ECN codemarks to ipv6
TCP frames.
It seems like TCP_ECN_send() calls INET_ECN_xmit(), which only sets the
ECN bit in the IPv4 ToS field (inet_sk(sk)->tos), but after the patch,
what's checked is inet6_sk(sk)->tclass, which is a completely different
field.
Close bug https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=34322
[Eric Dumazet] : added the INET_ECN_dontxmit() fix and replace macros
by inline functions for clarity.
Signed-off-by: Steinar H. Gunderson <sgunderson@bigfoot.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove all remaining references to rt->rt_{src,dst}
by using dest->dst_saddr to cache saddr (used for TUN mode).
For ICMP in FORWARD hook just restrict the rt_mode for NAT
to disable LOCALNODE. All other modes do not allow
IP_VS_RT_MODE_RDR, so we should be safe with the ICMP
forwarding. Using cp->daddr as replacement for rt_dst
is safe for all modes except BYPASS, even when cp->dest is
NULL because it is cp->daddr that is used to assign cp->dest
for sync-ed connections.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When removing last vlan from a device, garp_uninit_applicant() calls
synchronize_rcu() to make sure no user can still manipulate struct
garp_applicant before we free it.
Use call_rcu() instead, as a step to further net_device dismantle
optimizations.
Add the temporary garp_cleanup_module() function to make sure no pending
call_rcu() are left at module unload time [ this will be removed when
kfree_rcu() is available ]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sched_scan_stopped was called by the driver, mac80211 calls
cfg80211, which in turn was calling mac80211 back with a flag
"driver_initiated". This flag was used so that mac80211 would do the
necessary cleanup but would not call the driver. This was enough to
prevent the bounce back between the driver and mac80211, but not
between mac80211 and cfg80211.
To fix this, we now do the cleanup in mac80211 before calling
cfg80211. To help with locking issues, the workqueue was moved from
cfg80211 to mac80211.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Multiple virtual AP interfaces can currently try
to use different beacon intervals, but that just
leads to problems since it won't actually be done
that way by drivers. Return an error in this case
to make sure it won't be done wrong.
Also, ignore attempts to change the DTIM period
or beacon interval during the lifetime of the BSS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL as a required attribute for
NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. This value informs the driver at which
intervals the scheduled scan cycles should be executed.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform
scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled
scans.
This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan
and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in
order to avoid duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement new functionality for scheduled scan offload. With this feature we
can scan automatically at certain intervals.
The idea is that the hardware can perform scan automatically and filter on
desired results without waking up the host unnecessarily.
Add NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN
commands to the nl80211 interface. When results are available they are
reported by NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS events. The userspace is
informed when the scheduled scan has stopped with a
NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED event, which can be triggered either by
the driver or by a call to NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce a new configuration option to support AMPE from userspace.
Prior to this series we only supported authentication in userspace: an
authentication daemon would authenticate peer candidates in userspace
and hand them over to the kernel. From that point the mesh stack would
take over and establish a peer link (Mesh Peering Management).
These patches introduce support for Authenticated Mesh Peering Exchange
in userspace. The userspace daemon implements the AMPE protocol and on
successfull completion create mesh peers and install encryption keys.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In case of pre v2.1 devices authentication request will return
success immediately if the link key already exists without any
authentication process.
That means, it's not possible to re-authenticate the link if you
already have combination key and for instance want to re-authenticate
to get the high security (use 16 digit pin).
Therefore, it's necessary to check security requirements on auth
complete event to prevent not enough secure connection.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (27 commits)
slcan: fix ldisc->open retval
net/usb: mark LG VL600 LTE modem ethernet interface as WWAN
xfrm: Don't allow esn with disabled anti replay detection
xfrm: Assign the inner mode output function to the dst entry
net: dev_close() should check IFF_UP
vlan: fix GVRP at dismantle time
netfilter: revert a2361c8735
netfilter: IPv6: fix DSCP mangle code
netfilter: IPv6: initialize TOS field in REJECT target module
IPVS: init and cleanup restructuring
IPVS: Change of socket usage to enable name space exit.
netfilter: ebtables: only call xt_compat_add_offset once per rule
netfilter: fix ebtables compat support
netfilter: ctnetlink: fix timestamp support for new conntracks
pch_gbe: support ML7223 IOH
PCH_GbE : Fixed the issue of checksum judgment
PCH_GbE : Fixed the issue of collision detection
NET: slip, fix ldisc->open retval
be2net: Fixed bugs related to PVID.
ehea: fix wrongly reported speed and port
...
As it is, we assign the outer modes output function to the dst entry
when we create the xfrm bundle. This leads to two problems on interfamily
scenarios. We might insert ipv4 packets into ip6_fragment when called
from xfrm6_output. The system crashes if we try to fragment an ipv4
packet with ip6_fragment. This issue was introduced with git commit
ad0081e4 (ipv6: Fragment locally generated tunnel-mode IPSec6 packets
as needed). The second issue is, that we might insert ipv4 packets in
netfilter6 and vice versa on interfamily scenarios.
With this patch we assign the inner mode output function to the dst entry
when we create the xfrm bundle. So xfrm4_output/xfrm6_output from the inner
mode is used and the right fragmentation and netfilter functions are called.
We switch then to outer mode with the output_finish functions.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Take advantage of the new abstraction and allow network devices
to be placed in any network namespace that we have a fd to talk
about.
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
DESCRIPTION
This patch tries to restore the initial init and cleanup
sequences that was before namspace patch.
Netns also requires action when net devices unregister
which has never been implemented. I.e this patch also
covers when a device moves into a network namespace,
and has to be released.
IMPLEMENTATION
The number of calls to register_pernet_device have been
reduced to one for the ip_vs.ko
Schedulers still have their own calls.
This patch adds a function __ip_vs_service_cleanup()
and an enable flag for the netfilter hooks.
The nf hooks will be enabled when the first service is loaded
and never disabled again, except when a namespace exit starts.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
[horms@verge.net.au: minor edit to changelog]
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Speedup vlan dismantling in CONFIG_VLAN_8021Q_GVRP=y cases,
by using a call_rcu() to free the memory instead of waiting with
expensive synchronize_rcu() [ while RTNL is held ]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This way ip_output.c no longer needs rt->rt_{src,dst}.
We already have these keys sitting, ready and waiting, on the stack or
in a socket structure.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows us to acquire the exact route keying information from the
protocol, however that might be managed.
It handles all of the possibilities, from the simplest case of storing
the key in inet->cork.fl to the more complex setup SCTP has where
individual transports determine the flow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just like inet_csk_route_req() except that it operates after
we've created the new child socket.
In this way we can use the new socket's cork flow for proper route
key storage.
This will be used by DCCP and TCP child socket creation handling.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Several future simplifications are possible now because of this.
For example, the sctp_addr unions can simply refer directly to
the flowi information.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The rcu callback sctp_local_addr_free() just calls a kfree(),
so we use kfree_rcu() instead of the call_rcu(sctp_local_addr_free).
Signed-off-by: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
When we fast path datagram sends to avoid locking by putting
the inet_cork on the stack we use up lots of space that isn't
necessary.
This is because inet_cork contains a "struct flowi" which isn't
used in these code paths.
Split inet_cork to two parts, "inet_cork" and "inet_cork_full".
Only the latter of which has the "struct flowi" and is what is
stored in inet_sock.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
This adds basic support for the new WoWLAN
configuration in mac80211. The behaviour is
completely offloaded to the driver though,
with two new callbacks (suspend/resume).
Options for the driver include a complete
reconfiguration after wakeup, and exposing
all the triggers it wants to support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is based on (but now quite far from) the
original work from Luis and Eliad. Add support
for configuring WoWLAN triggers, and getting
the configuration out again. Changes from the
original patchset are too numerous to list,
but one important change needs highlighting:
the suspend() callback is passed NULL for the
trigger configuration if userspace has not
configured WoWLAN at all.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The only user of WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SEPARATE_DEFAULT_KEYS was removed
and consequently, this flag can be removed, too. In addition, a single
capability flag was not enough to indicate this capability clearly since
the device behavior may be different based on which operating mode is
being used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds a multiple message send syscall and is the send
version of the existing recvmmsg syscall. This is heavily
based on the patch by Arnaldo that added recvmmsg.
I wrote a microbenchmark to test the performance gains of using
this new syscall:
http://ozlabs.org/~anton/junkcode/sendmmsg_test.c
The test was run on a ppc64 box with a 10 Gbit network card. The
benchmark can send both UDP and RAW ethernet packets.
64B UDP
batch pkts/sec
1 804570
2 872800 (+ 8 %)
4 916556 (+14 %)
8 939712 (+17 %)
16 952688 (+18 %)
32 956448 (+19 %)
64 964800 (+20 %)
64B raw socket
batch pkts/sec
1 1201449
2 1350028 (+12 %)
4 1461416 (+22 %)
8 1513080 (+26 %)
16 1541216 (+28 %)
32 1553440 (+29 %)
64 1557888 (+30 %)
We see a 20% improvement in throughput on UDP send and 30%
on raw socket send.
[ Add sparc syscall entries. -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A new list was added to replace the socket based one. This new list
doesn't depent on sock and then fits better inside l2cap_core.c code.
It also rename l2cap_chan_alloc() to l2cap_chan_create() and
l2cap_chan_free() to l2cap_chan_destroy)
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
When the user doesn't specify a psm we have the choose one for the
channel. Now we do this inside l2cap_add_psm().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The intention is to get rid of the l2cap_sk_list usage inside
l2cap_core.c. l2cap_sk_list will soon be replaced by a list that does not
depend on socket usage.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
First, make callers pass on-stack flowi4 to ip_route_output_gre()
so they can get at the fully resolved flow key.
Next, use that in ipgre_tunnel_xmit() to avoid the need to use
rt->rt_{dst,src}.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To more accurately reflect that it is purely a routing
cache lookup key and is used in no other context.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Four years ago, Patrick made a change to hold rtnl mutex during netlink
dump callbacks.
I believe it was a wrong move. This slows down concurrent dumps, making
good old /proc/net/ files faster than rtnetlink in some situations.
This occurred to me because one "ip link show dev ..." was _very_ slow
on a workload adding/removing network devices in background.
All dump callbacks are able to use RCU locking now, so this patch does
roughly a revert of commits :
1c2d670f36 : [RTNETLINK]: Hold rtnl_mutex during netlink dump callbacks
6313c1e099 : [RTNETLINK]: Remove unnecessary locking in dump callbacks
This let writers fight for rtnl mutex and readers going full speed.
It also takes care of phonet : phonet_route_get() is now called from rcu
read section. I renamed it to phonet_route_get_rcu()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Remi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now that output route lookups update the flow with
source address et al. selections, the fl4->{saddr,daddr}
assignments here are no longer necessary.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We lack proper synchronization to manipulate inet->opt ip_options
Problem is ip_make_skb() calls ip_setup_cork() and
ip_setup_cork() possibly makes a copy of ipc->opt (struct ip_options),
without any protection against another thread manipulating inet->opt.
Another thread can change inet->opt pointer and free old one under us.
Use RCU to protect inet->opt (changed to inet->inet_opt).
Instead of handling atomic refcounts, just copy ip_options when
necessary, to avoid cache line dirtying.
We cant insert an rcu_head in struct ip_options since its included in
skb->cb[], so this patch is large because I had to introduce a new
ip_options_rcu structure.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Even for keys that shouldn't be stored some use cases require the
knowledge of a new key having been created so that the conclusion of a
successful pairing can be made. Therefore, always send the mgmt_new_key
event but add a store_hint parameter to it to indicate to user space
whether the key should be stored or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
User space shouldn't have any need for the old key type so remove it
from the corresponding Management interface event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Link keys should only be stored if very specific criteria of the
authentication process are fulfilled. This patch essentially copies the
criteria that user space has so far been using to the kernel side so
that the management interface works properly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
When accepting a pairing request which fulfills the SSP auto-accept
criteria we need to push the request all the way to the user for
confirmation. This patch adds a new hint to the user_confirm_request
management event so user space can know when to show a numeric
comparison dialog and when to show a simple yes/no confirmation dialog.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Some test systems require an arbitrary delay to the auto-accept test
cases for Secure Simple Pairing in order for the tests to pass.
Previously when this was handled in user space it was worked around by
code modifications and recompilation, but now that it's on the kernel
side it's more convenient if there's a debugfs interface for it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new API for setting a TX rate mask in
drivers that have rate control in either the firmware or hardware.
This can be used for various purposes, for example, masking out the
11b rates in P2P operation.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add API that allows low level drivers to notify mac80211 about TX
packet loss. This is useful when there are FW triggers to notify the
low level driver about these events.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Extend the mgmt_pin_code_request interface to require secure
pin code (16 digit) for authentication.
This is a kernel part of the secure pin code requirement notification
to user space agent.
Code styling fix by Johan Hedberg.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Keep the link key type together with connection and use it to
map security level to link key requirements. Authenticate and/or
encrypt connection if the link is insufficiently secure.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Introduce the link key types defs and use them instead of magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Waldemar Rymarkiewicz <waldemar.rymarkiewicz@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new event to the Management interface to track when
local adapters are discovering remote devices. For now this only tracks
BR/EDR discovery procedures.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds start_discovery and stop_discovery commands to the
management interface. Right now their implementation is fairly
simplistic and the parameters are fixed to what user space has
defaulted to so far.
This is the very initial phase for discovery implementation into
the kernel. Next steps include name resolution, LE scanning and
bdaddr type handling.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Anderson Briglia <anderson.briglia@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
There is no need to the socket deal directly with the channel, most of the
time it cares about the channel only.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
In this commit, omtu, imtu, flush_to, mode and sport. It also remove the
pi var from l2cap_sock_sendmsg().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
l2cap_chan_connect() is a much better name and reflects what this
functions is doing (or will do once socket dependence is removed from the
core).
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
If the allocation happens at l2cap_sock_create() will be able to use the
struct l2cap_chan to store channel info that comes from the user via
setsockopt.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
It's not used by anything in the kernel, and defined in net/route.h so
never exported to userspace.
Therefore we can safely remove it.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These functions are used together as a unit for route resolution
during connect(). They address the chicken-and-egg problem that
exists when ports need to be allocated during connect() processing,
yet such port allocations require addressing information from the
routing code.
It's currently more heavy handed than it needs to be, and in
particular we allocate and initialize a flow object twice.
Let the callers provide the on-stack flow object. That way we only
need to initialize it once in the ip_route_connect() call.
Later, if ip_route_newports() needs to do anything, it re-uses that
flow object as-is except for the ports which it updates before the
route re-lookup.
Also, describe why this set of facilities are needed and how it works
in a big comment.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Change the call to take the transport parameter and set the
cached 'dst' appropriately inside the get_dst() function calls.
This will allow us in the future to clean up source address
storage as well.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There is no point in passing a destination address to
a get_saddr() call.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ipv6 routing lookup does give us a source address,
but instead of filling it into the dst, it's stored in
the flowi. We can use that instead of going through the
entire source address selection again.
Also the useless ->dst_saddr member of sctp_pf is removed.
And sctp_v6_dst_saddr() is removed, instead by introduce
sctp_v6_to_addr(), which can be reused to cleanup some dup
code.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These header files are never installed to user consumption, so any
__KERNEL__ cpp checks are superfluous.
Projects should also not copy these files into their userland utility
sources and try to use them there. If they insist on doing so, the
onus is on them to sanitize the headers as needed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add const qualifiers to structs iphdr, ipv6hdr and in6_addr pointers
where possible, to make code intention more obvious.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implement event notification SCTP_SENDER_DRY_EVENT.
SCTP Socket API Extensions:
6.1.9. SCTP_SENDER_DRY_EVENT
When the SCTP stack has no more user data to send or retransmit, this
notification is given to the user. Also, at the time when a user app
subscribes to this event, if there is no data to be sent or
retransmit, the stack will immediately send up this notification.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch change the auth event type name to SCTP_AUTHENTICATION_EVENT,
which is based on API extension compliance.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch Implement socket option SCTP_GET_ASSOC_ID_LIST.
SCTP Socket API Extension:
8.2.6. Get the Current Identifiers of Associations
(SCTP_GET_ASSOC_ID_LIST)
This option gets the current list of SCTP association identifiers of
the SCTP associations handled by a one-to-many style socket.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make heartbeat information in sctp_make_heartbeat() instead
of make it in sctp_sf_heartbeat() directly for common using.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP does not check whether the source address of COOKIE-ECHO
chunk is the original address of INIT chunk or part of the any
address parameters saved in COOKIE in CLOSED state. So even if
the COOKIE-ECHO chunk is from any address but with correct COOKIE,
the COOKIE-ECHO chunk still be accepted. If the COOKIE is not from
a valid address, the assoc should not be established.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SCTP does not SCTP_STATE_EMPTY and we can never be in
that state. Remove useless code.
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When pos.v <= (void *)chunk + end - ntohs(pos.p->length) and
ntohs(pos.p->length) >= sizeof(sctp_paramhdr_t) these two expressions are all true,
pos.v <= (void *)chunk + end - sizeof(sctp_paramhdr_t) *must* be true.
This patch removes this kind of redundant check.
It's same to _sctp_walk_errors macro.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove SCTP_CMD_TRANSMIT command as it never be used.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The macro never be used.
And if needed, can use !sctp_chunk_is_data instead of.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows a driver to buffer frames for a PS station and tell mac80211
to wake it up even though mac80211 does not have any buffered frames for
it.
This is necessary for properly handling aggregation related buffering,
in ath9k, because the driver needs to keep its frames in order to keep
track of the Block-ACK window.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
[ipv6] Add support for RTA_PREFSRC
This patch allows a user to select the preferred source address
for a specific IPv6-Route. It can be set via a netlink message
setting RTA_PREFSRC to a valid IPv6 address which must be
up on the device the route will be bound to.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Walter <dwalter@barracuda.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Harsh Prateek Bora <harsh@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric VAn Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Now that we use write_inode to flush server
cache related to fid, we don't need tsyncfs either fort dotl or dotu
protocols. For dotu this helps to do a more efficient server flush.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
fib_select_default() is a complete NOP, and completely pointless
to invoke, when we have no more than 1 default route installed.
And this is far and away the common case.
So remember how many prefixlen==0 routes we have in the routing
table, and elide the call when we have no more than one of those.
This cuts output route creation time by 157 cycles on Niagara2+.
In order to add the new int to fib_table, we have to correct the type
of ->tb_data[] to unsigned long, otherwise the private area will be
unaligned on 64-bit systems.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Add station connected time in debugfs. This will be helpful to get a
measure of stability of the connection and for debugging stress issues
Cc: Senthilkumar Balasubramanian <Senthilkumar.Balasubramanian@Atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mshajakhan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Notify userspace when a beacon/presp is received from a suitable mesh
peer candidate for whom no sta information exists. Userspace can then
decide to create a sta info for the candidate. If userspace is not
ready to authenticate the peer right away, it can create the sta info
with the authenticated flag unset and set it later.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
During mesh setup, use NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag to create
a secure mesh and route management frames to userspace.
Also, NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY now returns a flag NL80211_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH
if the wiphy's mesh implementation supports routing of mesh auth frames
to userspace. This is useful for forward compatibility between old
kernels and new userspace tools.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE. This reflects our ability to insert any ie
into a mesh beacon, not simply path selection ies.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In a highly noisy environment, the tx rate of the driver drops and
the application slows down since it has not yet received ACKs for
the frames already queued in the hardware. Since this ACK may take
more than 100ms, stopping the dev queues for entering PS at this
stage breaks applications, WMM test cases in my testing.
If there are frames already pending in the tx queue, postponing the
PS logic helps to avoid redundant queue stops. When power save is
enabled by default and in a noisy environment, this API certainly
helps in improving the average throughput.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cleanup of new CAIF code.
* make local functions static
* remove code that is never used
* expand get_caif_conf() since wrapper is no longer needed
* make args to comparison functions const
* rename connect_req_to_link_param to keep exported names
consistent
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Sjur Brændeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (34 commits)
net: Add support for SMSC LAN9530, LAN9730 and LAN89530
mlx4_en: Restoring RX buffer pointer in case of failure
mlx4: Sensing link type at device initialization
ipv4: Fix "Set rt->rt_iif more sanely on output routes."
MAINTAINERS: add entry for Xen network backend
be2net: Fix suspend/resume operation
be2net: Rename some struct members for clarity
pppoe: drop PPPOX_ZOMBIEs in pppoe_flush_dev
dsa/mv88e6131: add support for mv88e6085 switch
ipv6: Enable RFS sk_rxhash tracking for ipv6 sockets (v2)
be2net: Fix a potential crash during shutdown.
bna: Fix for handling firmware heartbeat failure
can: mcp251x: Allow pass IRQ flags through platform data.
smsc911x: fix mac_lock acquision before calling smsc911x_mac_read
iwlwifi: accept EEPROM version 0x423 for iwl6000
rt2x00: fix cancelling uninitialized work
rtlwifi: Fix some warnings/bugs
p54usb: IDs for two new devices
wl12xx: fix potential buffer overflow in testmode nvs push
zd1211rw: reset rx idle timer from tasklet
...
The reverse path filter interferes with IPsec subnet-to-subnet tunnels,
especially when the link to the IPsec peer is on an interface other than
the one hosting the default route.
With dynamic routing, where the peer might be reachable through eth0
today and eth1 tomorrow, it's difficult to keep rp_filter enabled unless
fake routes to the remote subnets are configured on the interface
currently used to reach the peer.
IPsec provides a much stronger anti-spoofing policy than rp_filter, so
this patch disables the rp_filter for packets with a security path.
Signed-off-by: Michael Smith <msmith@cbnco.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This makes sk_buff available for other use in fib_validate_source().
Signed-off-by: Michael Smith <msmith@cbnco.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is part of "moving things to l2cap_chan". As one the first move it
triggered a big number of changes in the funcions parameters, basically
changing the struct sock param to struct l2cap_chan.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
As we use struct list_head to keep L2CAP channels list the workaround with
del_list is not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Use a well known Kernel API is always a good idea than implement your own
list.
In the future we might use RCU on this list.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
struct l2cap_chan cames to create a clear separation between what
properties and data belongs to the L2CAP channel and what belongs to the
socket. By now we just fold the struct sock * in struct l2cap_chan as all
the channel info is struct l2cap_pinfo today.
In the next commits we will see a move of channel stuff to struct
l2cap_chan.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Commit 1018b5c016 ("Set rt->rt_iif more
sanely on output routes.") breaks rt_is_{output,input}_route.
This became the cause to return "IP_PKTINFO's ->ipi_ifindex == 0".
To fix it, this does:
1) Add "int rt_route_iif;" to struct rtable
2) For input routes, always set rt_route_iif to same value as rt_iif
3) For output routes, always set rt_route_iif to zero. Set rt_iif
as it is done currently.
4) Change rt_is_{output,input}_route() to test rt_route_iif
Signed-off-by: OGAWA Hirofumi <hirofumi@mail.parknet.co.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows user-space monitoring of BSS parameters for the associated
station. This is useful for debugging and verifying that the paramaters
are as expected.
[Exactly the same as before but bundled into a single message]
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit c6e1a0d12c broken the calc
(net: Allow no-cache copy from user on transmit)
of checksum, which may cause some tcp packets be dropped because
incorrect checksum. ssh does not work under today's net-next-2.6
tree.
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch uses __copy_from_user_nocache on transmit to bypass data
cache for a performance improvement. skb_add_data_nocache and
skb_copy_to_page_nocache can be called by sendmsg functions to use
this feature, initial support is in tcp_sendmsg. This functionality is
configurable per device using ethtool.
Presumably, this feature would only be useful when the driver does
not touch the data. The feature is turned on by default if a device
indicates that it does some form of checksum offload; it is off by
default for devices that do no checksum offload or indicate no checksum
is necessary. For the former case copy-checksum is probably done
anyway, in the latter case the device is likely loopback in which case
the no cache copy is probably not beneficial.
This patch was tested using 200 instances of netperf TCP_RR with
1400 byte request and one byte reply. Platform is 16 core AMD x86.
No-cache copy disabled:
672703 tps, 97.13% utilization
50/90/99% latency:244.31 484.205 1028.41
No-cache copy enabled:
702113 tps, 96.16% utilization,
50/90/99% latency 238.56 467.56 956.955
Using 14000 byte request and response sizes demonstrate the
effects more dramatically:
No-cache copy disabled:
79571 tps, 34.34 %utlization
50/90/95% latency 1584.46 2319.59 5001.76
No-cache copy enabled:
83856 tps, 34.81% utilization
50/90/95% latency 2508.42 2622.62 2735.88
Note especially the effect on latency tail (95th percentile).
This seems to provide a nice performance improvement and is
consistent in the tests I ran. Presumably, this would provide
the greatest benfits in the presence of an application workload
stressing the cache and a lot of transmit data happening.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a new remote_name event to the Management interface
which is sent every time the name of a remote device is resolved (over
BR/EDR).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a device_found event to the Management interface. For
now the event only maps to BR/EDR inquiry result HCI events, but in the
future the plan is to also use it for the LE device discovery process.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The description for buf_size was misleading and
just said you couldn't TX larger aggregates, but
of course you can't TX aggregates in a way that
would exceed the window either, which is possible
even if the aggregates are shorter than that.
Expand the description, thanks to Emmanuel for
explaining this to me.
Cc: Emmanuel Grumbach <egrumbach@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ipvsadm -ln --daemon will trigger a Null pointer exception because
ip_vs_genl_dump_daemons() uses skb_net() instead of skb_sknet().
To prevent others from NULL ptr a check is made in ip_vs.h skb_net().
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
auth_hmacs field of struct sctp_cookie is used for store
Requested HMAC Algorithm Parameter, and each HMAC Identifier
is 2 bytes, so the length should be:
SCTP_AUTH_NUM_HMACS * sizeof(__u16) + 2
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can't send new commands before a cmd_complete for the HCI_RESET command
shows up.
Reported-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Reported-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Ed Tomlinson <edt@aei.ca>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Tested-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Tested-by: Ed Tomlinson <edt@aei.ca>
This patch adds automated creation of the local EIR data based on what
16-bit UUIDs are registered and what the device name is. This should
cover the majority use cases, however things like 32/128-bit UUIDs, TX
power and Device ID will need to be added later to be on par with what
bluetoothd is capable of doing (without the Management interface).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds commands to add and remove remote OOB data to the managment
interface. Remote data is stored in kernel and can be used by corresponding
HCI commands and events when needed.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a command to read local OOB data to the managment interface.
The command maps directly to the Read Local OOB Data HCI command.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new set_local_name management command as well as a
local_name_changed management event. With these user space can both
change the local name as well as monitor changes to it by others.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the name of the adapter to the reply of the read_info
management command.
The management messages reserve 249 bytes for the name instead of 248
(like in the HCI spec) so that there is always a guarantee that it is
nul-terminated. That way it can safely be passed onto string
manipulation functions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a clear define for the maximum device name length in HCI
messages and thereby avoids magic numbers in the code.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
On-stack initialization via assignment of flow structures are
expensive because GCC emits a memset() to clear the entire
structure out no matter what.
Add a helper for ipv4 output flow key setup which we can use to avoid
the memset.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Indicate an NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION event when a station entry in
mac80211 is deleted to match with the NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION event
that is used when the entry was added. This is needed, e.g., to allow
user space to remove a peer from RSN IBSS Authenticator state machine
to avoid re-authentication and re-keying delays when the peer is not
reachable anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
My commit 6d55cb91a0 (gre: fix hard header destination
address checking) broke multicast.
The reason is that ip_gre used to get ipgre_header() calls with
zero destination if we have NOARP or multicast destination. Instead
the actual target was decided at ipgre_tunnel_xmit() time based on
per-protocol dissection.
Instead of allowing the "abuse" of ->header() calls with invalid
destination, this creates multicast mappings for ip_gre. This also
fixes "ip neigh show nud noarp" to display the proper multicast
mappings used by the gre device.
Reported-by: Doug Kehn <rdkehn@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Doug Kehn <rdkehn@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we clone a xfrm state we have to assign the replay_esn
and the preplay_esn pointers to the state if we use the
new replay detection method. To this end, we add a
xfrm_replay_clone() function that allocates memory for
the replay detection and takes over the necessary values
from the original state.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define some constant offsets for CALL_REQUEST based on the description
at <http://www.techfest.com/networking/wan/x25plp.htm> and the
definition of ROSE as using 10-digit (5-byte) addresses. Use them
consistently. Validate all implicit and explicit facilities lengths.
Validate the address length byte rather than either trusting or
assuming its value.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We clone the child entry in skb_dst_pop before we call
skb_dst_drop(). Otherwise we might kill the child right
before we return it to the caller.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we set up the flow informations in ip_route_newports(), we take
the address informations from the the rt_key_src and rt_key_dst fields
of the rtable. They appear to be empty. So take the address
informations from rt_src and rt_dst instead. This issue was introduced
by commit 5e2b61f784 ("ipv4: Remove
flowi from struct rtable.")
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Move the scope value out of the fib alias entries and into fib_info,
so that we always use the correct scope when recomputing the nexthop
cached source address.
Reported-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Any operation that:
1) Brings up an interface
2) Adds an IP address to an interface
3) Deletes an IP address from an interface
can potentially invalidate the nh_saddr value, requiring
it to be recomputed.
Perform the recomputation lazily using a generation ID.
Reported-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We can't send new commands before a cmd_complete for the HCI_RESET command
shows up.
Reported-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Reported-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Ed Tomlinson <edt@aei.ca>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Tested-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Mikko Vinni <mmvinni@yahoo.com>
Tested-by: Ed Tomlinson <edt@aei.ca>
commit fd245a4adb (net_sched: move TCQ_F_THROTTLED flag)
added a race.
qdisc_watchdog() is run from softirq, so special care should be taken or
we can lose one state transition (THROTTLED/RUNNING)
Prior to fd245a4adb, we were manipulating q->flags (qdisc->flags &=
~TCQ_F_THROTTLED;) and this manipulation could only race with
qdisc_warn_nonwc().
Since we want to avoid atomic ops in qdisc fast path - it was the
meaning of commit 3711210576 (QDISC_STATE_RUNNING dont need atomic
bit ops) - fix is to move THROTTLE bit into 'state' field, this one
being manipulated with SMP and IRQ safe operations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This avoids explicit cast to avoid 'discards qualifiers'
compiler warning in a netfilter patch that i've been working on.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Alex Sidorenko reported for problems with local
routes left after IP addresses are deleted. It happens
when same IPs are used in more than one subnet for the
device.
Fix fib_del_ifaddr to restrict the checks for duplicate
local and broadcast addresses only to the IFAs that use
our primary IFA or another primary IFA with same address.
And we expect the prefsrc to be matched when the routes
are deleted because it is possible they to differ only by
prefsrc. This patch prevents local and broadcast routes
to be leaked until their primary IP is deleted finally
from the box.
As the secondary address promotion needs to delete
the routes for all secondaries that used the old primary IFA,
add option to ignore these secondaries from the checks and
to assume they are already deleted, so that we can safely
delete the route while these IFAs are still on the device list.
Reported-by: Alex Sidorenko <alexandre.sidorenko@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We dont need to test if we run from softirq context, we definitely are.
This saves few instructions in ip_rcv() & ip_rcv_finish()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix many of each of these warnings:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:519): No description found for parameter 'rxrate'
Warning(include/net/mac80211.h:1163): bad line:
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1480 commits)
bonding: enable netpoll without checking link status
xfrm: Refcount destination entry on xfrm_lookup
net: introduce rx_handler results and logic around that
bonding: get rid of IFF_SLAVE_INACTIVE netdev->priv_flag
bonding: wrap slave state work
net: get rid of multiple bond-related netdevice->priv_flags
bonding: register slave pointer for rx_handler
be2net: Bump up the version number
be2net: Copyright notice change. Update to Emulex instead of ServerEngines
e1000e: fix kconfig for crc32 dependency
netfilter ebtables: fix xt_AUDIT to work with ebtables
xen network backend driver
bonding: Improve syslog message at device creation time
bonding: Call netif_carrier_off after register_netdevice
bonding: Incorrect TX queue offset
net_sched: fix ip_tos2prio
xfrm: fix __xfrm_route_forward()
be2net: Fix UDP packet detected status in RX compl
Phonet: fix aligned-mode pipe socket buffer header reserve
netxen: support for GbE port settings
...
Fix up conflicts in drivers/staging/brcm80211/brcmsmac/wl_mac80211.c
with the staging updates.
* 'tty-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty-2.6: (76 commits)
pch_uart: reference clock on CM-iTC
pch_phub: add new device ML7213
n_gsm: fix UIH control byte : P bit should be 0
n_gsm: add a documentation
serial: msm_serial_hs: Add MSM high speed UART driver
tty_audit: fix tty_audit_add_data live lock on audit disabled
tty: move cd1865.h to drivers/staging/tty/
Staging: tty: fix build with epca.c driver
pcmcia: synclink_cs: fix prototype for mgslpc_ioctl()
Staging: generic_serial: fix double locking bug
nozomi: don't use flush_scheduled_work()
tty/serial: Relax the device_type restriction from of_serial
MAINTAINERS: Update HVC file patterns
tty: phase out of ioctl file pointer for tty3270 as well
tty: forgot to remove ipwireless from drivers/char/pcmcia/Makefile
pch_uart: Fix DMA channel miss-setting issue.
pch_uart: fix exclusive access issue
pch_uart: fix auto flow control miss-setting issue
pch_uart: fix uart clock setting issue
pch_uart : Use dev_xxx not pr_xxx
...
Fix up trivial conflicts in drivers/misc/pch_phub.c (same patch applied
twice, then changes to the same area in one branch)
If a transport prefers payload to be sent separate from the PDU
(P9_TRANS_PREF_PAYLOAD_SEP), there is no need to allocate msize
PDU buffers(struct p9_fcall).
This patch allocates only upto 4k buffers for this kind of transports
and there won't be any change to the legacy transports.
Hence, this patch on top of zero copy changes allows user to
specify higher msizes through the mount option
without hogging the kernel heap.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch adds preferences field to the p9_trans_module.
Through this, now transport layer can express its preference about the
payload. i.e if payload neds to be part of the PDU or it prefers it
to be sent sepearetly so that the transport layer can handle it in
a better way.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch prepares p9_fcall structure for zero copy. Added
fields send the payload buffer information to the transport layer.
In addition it adds a 'private' field for the transport layer to
store mapped/pinned page information so that it can be freed/unpinned
during req_done.
This patch also creates trans_common.[ch] to house helper functions.
It adds the following helper functions.
p9_release_req_pages - Release pages after the transaction.
p9_nr_pages - Return number of pages needed to accomodate the payload.
payload_gup - Translates user buffer into kernel pages.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
ip_vs_conntrack_enabled() becomes a noop when CONFIG_SYSCTL is undefined.
In preparation for not including sysctl_conntrack in
struct netns_ipvs when CONFIG_SYCTL is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In preparation for not including sysctl_sync_ver in
struct netns_ipvs when CONFIG_SYCTL is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In preparation for not including sysctl_sync_threshold in
struct netns_ipvs when CONFIG_SYCTL is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Rename ip_vs_new_estimator to ip_vs_start_estimator
and ip_vs_kill_estimator to ip_vs_stop_estimator to better
match their logic.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Move the estimator reading from estimation_timer to user
context. ip_vs_read_estimator() will be used to decode the rate
values. As the decoded rates are not set by estimation timer
there is no need to reset them in ip_vs_zero_stats.
There is no need ip_vs_new_estimator() to encode stats
to rates, if the destination is in trash both the stats and the
rates are inactive.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Remove ustats_seq, IPVS_STAT_INC and IPVS_STAT_ADD
because they are not used. They were replaced with u64_stats.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Currently, the new percpu counters are not zeroed and
the zero commands do not work as expected, we still show the old
sum of percpu values. OTOH, we can not reset the percpu counters
from user context without causing the incrementing to use old
and bogus values.
So, as Eric Dumazet suggested fix that by moving all overhead
to stats reading in user context. Do not introduce overhead in
timer context (estimator) and incrementing (packet handling in
softirqs).
The new ustats0 field holds the zero point for all
counter values, the rates always use 0 as base value as before.
When showing the values to user space just give the difference
between counters and the base values. The only drawback is that
percpu stats are not zeroed, they are accessible only from /proc
and are new interface, so it should not be a compatibility problem
as long as the sum stats are correct after zeroing.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The global tot_stats contains cpustats field just like the
stats for dest and svc, so better use it to simplify the usage
in estimation_timer. As tot_stats is registered as estimator
we can remove the special ip_vs_read_cpu_stats call for
tot_stats. Fix ip_vs_read_cpu_stats to be called under
stats lock because it is still used as synchronization between
estimation timer and user context (the stats readers).
Also, make sure ip_vs_stats_percpu_show reads properly
the u64 stats from user context.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Remove include/net/netns/ip_vs.h because it depends on
structures from include/net/ip_vs.h. As ipvs is pointer in
struct net it is better to move struct netns_ipvs into
include/net/ip_vs.h, so that we can easily use other structures
in struct netns_ipvs.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
There's no sense to 'ct = ct = ' in ip_vs_notrack(). Just assign
nf_ct_get()'s return value directly to the pointer variable 'ct' once.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch adds support for IPsec extended sequence numbers (esn)
as defined in RFC 4303. The bits to manage the anti-replay window
are based on a patch from Alex Badea.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support multiple versions of replay detection, we move the replay
detection functions to a separate file and make them accessible
via function pointers contained in the struct xfrm_replay.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To support IPsec extended sequence numbers, we split the
output sequence numbers of xfrm_skb_cb in low and high order 32 bits
and we add the high order 32 bits to the input sequence numbers.
All users are updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the struct xfrm_replay_state_esn which will be
used to support IPsec extended sequence numbers and anti replay windows
bigger than 32 packets. Also we add a function that returns the actual
size of the xfrm_replay_state_esn, a xfrm netlink atribute and a xfrm state
flag for the use of extended sequence numbers.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To start doing these conversions, we need to add some temporary
flow4_* macros which will eventually go away when all the protocol
code paths are changed to work on AF specific flowi objects.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is just a shorthand which will help in passing around AF
specific flow structures as generic ones.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Now we have struct flowi4, flowi6, and flowidn for each address
family. And struct flowi is just a union of them all.
It might have been troublesome to convert flow_cache_uli_match() but
as it turns out this function is completely unused and therefore can
be simply removed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Create two sets of port member accessors, one set prefixed by fl4_*
and the other prefixed by fl6_*
This will let us to create AF optimal flow instances.
It will work because every context in which we access the ports,
we have to be fully aware of which AF the flowi is anyways.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I intend to turn struct flowi into a union of AF specific flowi
structs. There will be a common structure that each variant includes
first, much like struct sock_common.
This is the first step to move in that direction.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The idea here is this minimizes the number of places one has to edit
in order to make changes to how flows are defined and used.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This moves most of the accept logic to process context like other
socket stacks do. Then we can use a few more common socket helpers
and simplify a bit.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We have to use cfg->fc_scope not the final nh_scope value.
Reported-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When doing output route lookups, we have to select the source address
if the user has not specified an explicit one.
First, if the route has an explicit preferred source address
specified, then we use that.
Otherwise we search the route's outgoing interface for a suitable
address.
This search can be precomputed and cached at route insertion time.
The only missing part is that we have to refresh this precomputed
value any time addresses are added or removed from the interface, and
this is accomplished by fib_update_nh_saddrs().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only necessary parts are the src/dst addresses, the
interface indexes, the TOS, and the mark.
The rest is unnecessary bloat, which amounts to nearly
50 bytes on 64-bit.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Because of various alignements [SLUB / qdisc], we use 512 bytes of
memory for one {p|b}fifo qdisc, instead of 256 bytes on 64bit arches and
192 bytes on 32bit ones.
Move the "u32 limit" inside "struct Qdisc" (no impact on other qdiscs)
Change qdisc_alloc(), first trying a regular allocation before an
oversized one.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the support for retrieving the remote or peer DCBX
configuration via dcbnl for embedded DCBX stacks supporting the CEE DCBX
standard.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These 2 patches add the support for retrieving the remote or peer DCBX
configuration via dcbnl for embedded DCBX stacks. The peer configuration
is part of the DCBX MIB and is useful for debugging and diagnostics of
the overall DCB configuration. The first patch add this support for IEEE
802.1Qaz standard the second patch add the same support for the older
CEE standard. Diff for v2 - the peer-app-info is CEE specific.
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Return a dst pointer which is potentitally error encoded.
Don't pass original dst pointer by reference, pass a struct net
instead of a socket, and elide the flow argument since it is
unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Route lookups follow a general pattern in the ipv6 code wherein
we first find the non-IPSEC route, potentially override the
flow destination address due to ipv6 options settings, and then
finally make an IPSEC search using either xfrm_lookup() or
__xfrm_lookup().
__xfrm_lookup() is used when we want to generate a blackhole route
if the key manager needs to resolve the IPSEC rules (in this case
-EREMOTE is returned and the original 'dst' is left unchanged).
Otherwise plain xfrm_lookup() is used and when asynchronous IPSEC
resolution is necessary, we simply fail the lookup completely.
All of these cases are encapsulated into two routines,
ip6_dst_lookup_flow and ip6_sk_dst_lookup_flow. The latter of which
handles unconnected UDP datagram sockets.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts UDP to use the new ip_finish_skb API. This
would then allows us to more easily use ip_make_skb which allows
UDP to run without a socket lock.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the helper ip_make_skb which is like ip_append_data
and ip_push_pending_frames all rolled into one, except that it does
not send the skb produced. The sending part is carried out by
ip_send_skb, which the transport protocol can call after it has
tweaked the skb.
It is meant to be called in cases where corking is not used should
have a one-to-one correspondence to sendmsg.
This patch also adds the helper ip_finish_skb which is meant to
be replace ip_push_pending_frames when corking is required.
Previously the protocol stack would peek at the socket write
queue and add its header to the first packet. With ip_finish_skb,
the protocol stack can directly operate on the final skb instead,
just like the non-corking case with ip_make_skb.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In order to allow simultaneous calls to ip_append_data on the same
socket, it must not modify any shared state in sk or inet (other
than those that are designed to allow that such as atomic counters).
This patch abstracts out write references to sk and inet_sk in
ip_append_data and its friends so that we may use the underlying
code in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also fix a typo in the STATION_INFO_TX_BITRATE description
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Most mgmt commands and event are related to hci adapter. Moving index to
common header allow to easily use it in command status while reporting errors.
For those not related to adapter use MGMT_INDEX_NONE (0xFFFF) as index.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
For devices supported by iwlwifi sometimes
off-channel transmissions need to be handled
by the device completely. To support this
mac80211 needs to pass the frame directly
to the driver and not through the TX path
as the driver needs the frame and channel
information at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The return value of the tx operation is commonly
misused by drivers, leading to errors. All drivers
will drop frames if they fail to TX the frame, and
they must also properly manage the queues (if they
didn't, mac80211 would already warn).
Removing the ability for drivers to return a BUSY
value also allows significant cleanups of the TX
TX handling code in mac80211.
Note that this also fixes a bug in ath9k_htc, the
old "return -1" there was wrong.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sedat Dilek <sedat.dilek@googlemail.com> [ath5k]
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com> [rt2x00]
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> [b43, rtl8187, rtlwifi]
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> [wl12xx]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* Do not fail if the peer supports more or less than 3 algorithms.
* Ignore unknown congestion control algorithms instead of failing.
* Simplify congestion algorithm negotiation (largest is best).
* Do not use a static buffer.
* Fix off-by-two read overflow.
* Avoid extra memory copy (in addition to skb_copy_bits()).
The previous code really made no sense.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sk->sk_state already contains the pipe state.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
lc and wlc use the same formula, but lblc and lblcr use another one. There
is no reason for using two different formulas for the lc variants.
The formula used by lc is used by all the lc variants in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Wensong Zhang <wensong@linux-vs.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ip_route_newports() is the only place in the entire kernel that
cares about the port members in the routing cache entry's lookup
flow key.
Therefore the only reason we store an entire flow inside of the
struct rtentry is for this one special case.
Rewrite ip_route_newports() such that:
1) The caller passes in the original port values, so we don't need
to use the rth->fl.fl_ip_{s,d}port values to remember them.
2) The lookup flow is constructed by hand instead of being copied
from the routing cache entry's flow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
netem_skb_cb() does :
return (struct netem_skb_cb *)qdisc_skb_cb(skb)->data;
Unfortunatly struct qdisc_skb_cb data is not long word aligned, so
access to psched_time_t time_to_send uses a non aligned access.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The flag isn't very descriptive -- the intention
is that the driver provides a TSF timestamp at
the beginning of the MPDU -- make that clearer
by renaming the flag to RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add proper RCU annotations/verbs to sk_wq and wq members
Fix __sctp_write_space() sk_sleep() abuse (and sock->wq access)
Fix sunrpc sk_sleep() abuse too
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This commit adds the missing IPv6 multicast address flag defines to
complement the already existing multicast address scope defines and to
be able to check these flags nicely in the future.
Signed-off-by: Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To properly track bonding completion an event to indicate authentication
failure is needed. This event will be sent whenever an authentication
complete HCI event with a non-zero status comes. It will also be sent
when we're acting in acceptor role for SSP authentication in which case
the controller will send a Simple Pairing Complete event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The command complete event for mgmt_pin_code_reply &
mgmt_pin_code_neg_reply should have the adapter index, Bluetooth address
as well as the status.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds support for the user confirmation (numeric comparison)
Secure Simple Pairing authentication method.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new mgmt_pair_device which can be used to initiate a
dedicated bonding procedure. Some extra callbacks are added to the
hci_conn struct so that the pairing code can get notified of the
completion of the procedure.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Now, TCP_CHECK_TIMER is not used for debuging, it does nothing.
And, it has been there for several years, maybe 6 years.
Remove it to keep code clearer.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The only troublesome bit here is __mkroute_output which wants
to override res->fi and res->type, compute those in local
variables instead.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows avoiding multiple writes to the initial __refcnt.
The most simplest cases of wanting an initial reference of "1"
in ipv4 and ipv6 have been converted, the rest have been left
along and kept at the existing "0".
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Only oddities here are a couple of drivers that bogusly called the ldisc
helpers instead of returning -ENOIOCTLCMD. Fix the bug and the rest goes
away.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Doing tiocmget was such fun we should do tiocmset as well for the same
reasons
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
We don't actually need this and it causes problems for internal use of
this functionality. Currently there is a single use of the FILE * pointer.
That is the serial core which uses it to check tty_hung_up_p. However if
that is true then IO_ERROR is also already set so the check may be removed.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Assigning a socket in timewait state to skb->sk can trigger
kernel oops, e.g. in nfnetlink_log, which does:
if (skb->sk) {
read_lock_bh(&skb->sk->sk_callback_lock);
if (skb->sk->sk_socket && skb->sk->sk_socket->file) ...
in the timewait case, accessing sk->sk_callback_lock and sk->sk_socket
is invalid.
Either all of these spots will need to add a test for sk->sk_state != TCP_TIME_WAIT,
or xt_TPROXY must not assign a timewait socket to skb->sk.
This does the latter.
If a TW socket is found, assign the tproxy nfmark, but skip the skb->sk assignment,
thus mimicking behaviour of a '-m socket .. -j MARK/ACCEPT' re-routing rule.
The 'SYN to TW socket' case is left unchanged -- we try to redirect to the
listener socket.
Cc: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Cc: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fwestphal@astaro.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
If the new connection update parameter are accepted, the LE master
host sends the LE Connection Update Command to its controller informing
the new requested parameters.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Takahasi <claudio.takahasi@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Use proper timer instead of hci command flow control to timeout
failed hci commands. Otherwise stack ends up sending commands
when flow control is used to block new commands.
2010-09-01 18:29:41.592132 < HCI Command: Remote Name Request (0x01|0x0019) plen 10
bdaddr 00:16:CF:E1:C7:D7 mode 2 clkoffset 0x0000
2010-09-01 18:29:41.592681 > HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Remote Name Request (0x01|0x0019) status 0x00 ncmd 0
2010-09-01 18:29:51.022033 < HCI Command: Remote Name Request Cancel (0x01|0x001a) plen 6
bdaddr 00:16:CF:E1:C7:D7
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Implements L2CAP Connection Parameter Update Response defined in
the Bluetooth Core Specification, Volume 3, Part A, section 4.21.
Address the LE Connection Parameter Procedure initiated by the slave.
Connection Interval Minimum and Maximum have the same range: 6 to
3200. Time = N * 1.25ms. Minimum shall be less or equal to Maximum.
The Slave Latency field shall have a value in the range of 0 to
((connSupervisionTimeout / connIntervalMax) - 1). Latency field shall
be less than 500. connSupervisionTimeout = Timeout Multiplier * 10 ms.
Multiplier field shall have a value in the range of 10 to 3200.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Takahasi <claudio.takahasi@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch splits the L2CAP command handling function in order to
have a clear separation between the commands related to BR/EDR and
LE. Commands and responses in the LE signaling channel are not being
handled yet, command reject is sent to all received requests. Bluetooth
Core Specification, Volume 3, Part A, section 4 defines the signaling
packets formats and allowed commands/responses over the LE signaling
channel.
Signed-off-by: Claudio Takahasi <claudio.takahasi@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add support for LE server sockets.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add basic LE connection support to L2CAP. LE
connection can be created by specifying cid
in struct sockaddr_l2
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Bluetooth chips may have separate buffers for LE traffic.
This patch add support to use LE buffers provided by the chip.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Bluetooth V4.0 adds support for Low Energy (LE) connections.
Specification introduces new set of hci commands to control LE
connection. This patch adds logic to create, cancel and disconnect
LE connections.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add needed HCI command and event structs to
create LE connections.
Signed-off-by: Ville Tervo <ville.tervo@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
When IP_VS schedulers do not find a destination, they output a terse
"WLC: no destination available" message through kernel syslog, which I
can not only make sense of because syslog puts them in a logfile
together with keepalived checker results.
This patch makes the output a bit more informative, by telling you which
virtual service failed to find a destination.
Example output:
kernel: [1539214.552233] IPVS: wlc: TCP 192.168.8.30:22 - no destination available
kernel: [1539299.674418] IPVS: wlc: FWM 22 0x00000016 - no destination available
I have tested the code for IPv4 and FWM services, as you can see from
the example; I do not have an IPv6 setup to test the third code path
with.
To avoid code duplication, I put a new function ip_vs_scheduler_err()
into ip_vs_sched.c, and use that from the schedulers instead of calling
IP_VS_ERR_RL directly.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Schaaf <netdev@bof.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
l2cap_load() was added to trigger l2cap.ko module loading from the RFCOMM
and BNEP modules. Now that L2CAP module is gone, we don't need it anymore.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Actually doesn't make sense have these modules built separately.
The L2CAP layer is needed by almost all Bluetooth protocols and profiles.
There isn't any real use case without having L2CAP loaded.
SCO is only essential for Audio transfers, but it is so small that we can
have it loaded always in bluetooth.ko without problems.
If you really doesn't want it you can disable SCO in the kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
If we didn't have a routing cache, we would not be able to properly
propagate certain kinds of dynamic path attributes, for example
PMTU information and redirects.
The reason is that if we didn't have a routing cache, then there would
be no way to lookup all of the active cached routes hanging off of
sockets, tunnels, IPSEC bundles, etc.
Consider the case where we created a cached route, but no inetpeer
entry existed and also we were not asked to pre-COW the route metrics
and therefore did not force the creation a new inetpeer entry.
If we later get a PMTU message, or a redirect, and store this
information in a new inetpeer entry, there is no way to teach that
cached route about the newly existing inetpeer entry.
The facilities implemented here handle this problem.
First we create a generation ID. When we create a cached route of any
kind, we remember the generation ID at the time of attachment. Any
time we force-create an inetpeer entry in response to new path
information, we bump that generation ID.
The dst_ops->check() callback is where the knowledge of this event
is propagated. If the global generation ID does not equal the one
stored in the cached route, and the cached route has not attached
to an inetpeer yet, we look it up and attach if one is found. Now
that we've updated the cached route's information, we update the
route's generation ID too.
This clears the way for implementing PMTU and redirects directly in
the inetpeer cache. There is absolutely no need to consult cached
route information in order to maintain this information.
At this point nothing bumps the inetpeer genids, that comes in the
later changes which handle PMTUs and redirects using inetpeers.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Validity of the cached PMTU information is indicated by it's
expiration value being non-zero, just as per dst->expires.
The scheme we will use is that we will remember the pre-ICMP value
held in the metrics or route entry, and then at expiration time
we will restore that value.
In this way PMTU expiration does not kill off the cached route as is
done currently.
Redirect information is permanent, or at least until another redirect
is received.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Future changes will add caching information, and some of
these new elements will be addresses.
Since the family is implicit via the ->daddr.family member,
replicating the family in ever address we store is entirely
redundant.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Linux IPv4 AH stack aligns the AH header on a 64 bit boundary
(like in IPv6). This is not RFC compliant (see RFC4302, Section
3.3.3.2.1), it should be aligned on 32 bits.
For most of the authentication algorithms, the ICV size is 96 bits.
The AH header alignment on 32 or 64 bits gives the same results.
However for SHA-256-128 for instance, the wrong 64 bit alignment results
in adding useless padding in IPv4 AH, which is forbidden by the RFC.
To avoid breaking backward compatibility, we use a new flag
(XFRM_STATE_ALIGN4) do change original behavior.
Initial patch from Dang Hongwu <hongwu.dang@6wind.com> and
Christophe Gouault <christophe.gouault@6wind.com>.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It causes the move of the declaration of 3 functions to l2cap.h:
l2cap_get_ident(), l2cap_send_cmd(), l2cap_build_conf_req()
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch tries to do the minimal to move l2cap_sock_create() and its
dependencies to l2cap_sock.c. It create a API to initialize and cleanup
the L2CAP sockets from l2cap_core.c through l2cap_init_sockets() and
l2cap_cleanup_sockets().
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a new set_io_capability management command which is used
to set the IO capability for Secure Simple Pairing (SSP) as well as the
Security Manager Protocol (SMP). The value is per hci_dev and each
hci_conn object inherits it upon creation.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the necessary commands and events needed to communicate
PIN code related actions between the kernel and userspace. This includes
a pin_code_request event as well as pin_code_reply and
pin_code_negative_reply commands.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a get_connections command to the management interface.
With this command userspace can get the current list of connected
devices. Typically this command would only be used once when enumerating
existing adapters. After that the connected and disconnected events are
used to track connections.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch add a new connect failed management event to track failures
in connecting to remote devices. It is particularly useful for security
mode 3 scenarios when we don't have a connected state while pairing but
still need to detect when the connect attempt failed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a disconnect command to the managment interface. Using
this command user space is able to force the disconnection of connected
devices. The command maps directly to the Disconnect HCI command.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds connected and disconnected managment events to track the
connection status to remote devices. The events map directly to
successful connection complete and disconnection complete HCI events for
ACL links.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a management commands to feed the kernel with all stored
link keys as well as remove specific ones or all of them. Once the
load_keys command has been called the kernel takes over link key
replies. A new_key event is also added to inform userspace of newly
created link keys that should be stored permanently.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the possibility for user space to fully control the
Class of Device value of local adapters. To control the service class
bits each UUID that's added comes with a service class "hint" which acts
as a mask of bits that the UUID needs to have enabled. The
set_service_cache management command is used to make sure we queue up
all UUID changes as user space initializes its drivers and then send a
single HCI_Write_Class_of_Device command when initialization is
complete.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Using the managment interface means that user space doesn't need to do
any HCI command sending at all. This patch moves the remaining
initialization commands from user space to the kernel side. The patch
makes use of the new feature of __hci_request which allows the request
to be dynamically modified while it is ongoing (something that is needed
to react appropriately to the local features and the version of the
adapter).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The controller may have link keys in its own memory and these keys could
be used for secure connections. However, since the interface to access
these keys doesn't provide information about the key types (which would
be needed to infer the level of security each key provides) using these
keys is rather useless. Therefore, simply clear the controller side list
in the initialization procedure.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
To support a more dynamic HCI initialization sequence the __hci_request
behavior requires some more changes. Particularly, the init sequence
should be able to have conditionals in it (sending some HCI commands
depending on the outcome of a previous command) instead of being a fixed
list as it is right now.
The reasons for these additional requirements are the moving all
previously user space driven initialization commands to the kernel side
as well as the support the Low Energy controllers.
To fulfull these requirements the init sequence is made the only special
case for multi-command requests and req_last_cmd is renamed to
init_last_cmd. The hci_send_cmd function is changed to update
init_last_cmd as long as the HCI_INIT flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds the necessary logic to act accordingly when the
HCI_PAIRABLE flag is not set. In that case PIN code replies as well as
Secure Simple Pairing requests without a NoBonding requirement need to
be rejected.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds methods to the management interface for userspace to
notify the kernel of which services have been registered for specific
adapters. This information is needed for setting the appropriate Class
of Device value as well as the Extended Inquiry Response value. This
patch doesn't actually implement setting of these values but just
provides the storage of the UUIDs so the needed functionality can be
built on top of it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements a new set_pairable management command to control
the pairable state of local adapters. The state is represented using a
new HCI_PAIRABLE flag in the hci_dev struct.
For backwards compatibility with older user space versions the
HCI_PAIRABLE flag gets automatically set when the existence of an
adapter is reported to user space through legacy methods and the
HCI_MGMT flag is not set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a HCI_MGMT flag to track adapters which are under the
control of the management interface. This is needed to make sure that
new kernels will work with old user space versions. I.e. behaviour which
could break old user space versions (but is needed by the management
interface) should not be exhibited when the HCI_MGMT flag is not set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The powered, connectable and discoverable messages all have the same
format. By using a single struct for all of them a lot of code can be
simplified and reused.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a set_connectable command as well as a corresponding
event to the management interface. It's mainly useful for setting an
adapter as connectable from a non-initialized state as well as setting
an already initialized adapter as non-connectable (mostly useful for
qualification purposes).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a set_discoverable command to the management interface
as well as the corresponding event. The command is used to control the
discoverable state of adapters.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds a set_powered command to the management interface
through which the powered state of local adapters can be controlled.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds support for the powered event that's used to indicate to
userspace when the powered state of a local adapter changes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements automatic initialization of basic information
about newly registered Bluetooth adapters. E.g. the address and features
are always needed so it makes sense for the kernel to automatically
power on adapters and read this information. A new HCI_SETUP flag is
added to track this state.
In order to not consume unnecessary amounts of power if there isn't a
user space available that could switch the adapter back off, a timer is
added to do this automatically as long as no Bluetooth user space seems
to be present. A new HCI_AUTO_OFF flag is added that user space needs to
clear to avoid the automatic power off.
Additionally, the management interface index_added event is moved to the
end of the HCI_SETUP stage so a user space supporting the managment
inteface has all the necessary information available for fetching when
it gets notified of a new adapter. The HCI_DEV_REG event is kept in the
same place as before since existing HCI raw socket based user space
versions depend on seeing the kernels initialization sequence
(hci_init_req) to determine when the adapter is ready for use.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Modification of Nick Pelly <npelly@google.com> patch.
With Bluetooth 2.1 ACL packets can be flushable or non-flushable. This commit
makes ACL data packets non-flushable by default on compatible chipsets, and
adds the BT_FLUSHABLE socket option to explicitly request flushable ACL
data packets for a given L2CAP socket. This is useful for A2DP data which can
be safely discarded if it can not be delivered within a short time (while
other ACL data should not be discarded).
Note that making ACL data flushable has no effect unless the automatic flush
timeout for that ACL link is changed from its default of 0 (infinite).
Default packet types (for compatible chipsets):
Frame 34: 13 bytes on wire (104 bits), 13 bytes captured (104 bits)
Bluetooth HCI H4
Bluetooth HCI ACL Packet
.... 0000 0000 0010 = Connection Handle: 0x0002
..00 .... .... .... = PB Flag: First Non-automatically Flushable Packet (0)
00.. .... .... .... = BC Flag: Point-To-Point (0)
Data Total Length: 8
Bluetooth L2CAP Packet
After setting BT_FLUSHABLE
(sock.setsockopt(274 /*SOL_BLUETOOTH*/, 8 /* BT_FLUSHABLE */, 1 /* flush */))
Frame 34: 13 bytes on wire (104 bits), 13 bytes captured (104 bits)
Bluetooth HCI H4
Bluetooth HCI ACL Packet
.... 0000 0000 0010 = Connection Handle: 0x0002
..10 .... .... .... = PB Flag: First Automatically Flushable Packet (2)
00.. .... .... .... = BC Flag: Point-To-Point (0)
Data Total Length: 8
Bluetooth L2CAP Packet
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Like metrics, the ICMP rate limiting bits are cached state about
a destination. So move it into the inet_peer entries.
If an inet_peer cannot be bound (the reason is memory allocation
failure or similar), the policy is to allow.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
nlmsg_cancel can accept NULL as its second argument, so for similarity,
this patch extends genlmsg_cancel to be able to accept a NULL second
argument as well.
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
TKIP countermeasures depend on devices being able to detect Michael
MIC failures on received frames and for stations to report errors to
the AP. In order to test that behavior, it is useful to be able to
send out TKIP frames with incorrect Michael MIC. This testing behavior
has minimal effect on the TX path, so it can be added to mac80211 for
convenient use.
The interface for using this functionality is a file in mac80211
netdev debugfs (tkip_mic_test). Writing a MAC address to the file
makes mac80211 generate a dummy data frame that will be sent out using
invalid Michael MIC value. In AP mode, the address needs to be for one
of the associated stations or ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff to use a broadcast
frame. In station mode, the address can be anything, e.g., the current
BSSID. It should be noted that this functionality works correctly only
when associated and using TKIP.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When operating in AP mode the wl1271 hardware filters out null-data
packets as well as management packets. This makes it impossible for
mac80211 to monitor the PS mode by using the PM bit of incoming frames.
Implement a HW flag to indicate that mac80211 should ignore the PM bit.
In addition, expose ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to make low-level
drivers capable of controlling PS-mode.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These variables are unused as a result of the recent netns work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Tested-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
For the following rule:
iptables -I PREROUTING -t raw -j CT --ctevents assured
The event delivered looks like the following:
[UPDATE] tcp 6 src=192.168.0.2 dst=192.168.1.2 sport=37041 dport=80 src=192.168.1.2 dst=192.168.1.100 sport=80 dport=37041 [ASSURED]
Note that the TCP protocol state is not included. For that reason
the CT event filtering is not very useful for conntrackd.
To resolve this issue, instead of conditionally setting the CT events
bits based on the ctmask, we always set them and perform the filtering
in the late stage, just before the delivery.
Thus, the event delivered looks like the following:
[UPDATE] tcp 6 432000 ESTABLISHED src=192.168.0.2 dst=192.168.1.2 sport=37041 dport=80 src=192.168.1.2 dst=192.168.1.100 sport=80 dport=37041 [ASSURED]
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The patch adds the NFNL_SUBSYS_IPSET id and NLA_PUT_NET* macros to the
vanilla kernel.
Signed-off-by: Jozsef Kadlecsik <kadlec@blackhole.kfki.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Both fib_trie and fib_hash have a local implementation of
fib_table_select_default(). This is completely unnecessary
code duplication.
Since we now remember the fib_table and the head of the fib
alias list of the default route, we can implement one single
generic version of this routine.
Looking at the fib_hash implementation you may get the impression
that it's possible for there to be multiple top-level routes in
the table for the default route. The truth is, it isn't, the
insert code will only allow one entry to exist in the zero
prefix hash table, because all keys evaluate to zero and all
keys in a hash table must be unique.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This will be used later to implement fib_select_default() in a
completely generic manner, instead of the current situation where the
default route is re-looked up in the TRIE/HASH table and then the
available aliases are analyzed.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SIOCGETSGCNT is not a unique ioctl value as it it maps tio SIOCPROTOPRIVATE +1,
which unfortunately means the existing infrastructure for compat networking
ioctls is insufficient. A trivial compact ioctl implementation would conflict
with:
SIOCAX25ADDUID
SIOCAIPXPRISLT
SIOCGETSGCNT_IN6
SIOCGETSGCNT
SIOCRSSCAUSE
SIOCX25SSUBSCRIP
SIOCX25SDTEFACILITIES
To make this work I have updated the compat_ioctl decode path to mirror the
the normal ioctl decode path. I have added an ipv4 inet_compat_ioctl function
so that I can have ipv4 specific compat ioctls. I have added a compat_ioctl
function into struct proto so I can break out ioctls by which kind of ip socket
I am using. I have added a compat_raw_ioctl function because SIOCGETSGCNT only
works on raw sockets. I have added a ipmr_compat_ioctl that mirrors the normal
ipmr_ioctl.
This was necessary because unfortunately the struct layout for the SIOCGETSGCNT
has unsigned longs in it so changes between 32bit and 64bit kernels.
This change was sufficient to run a 32bit ip multicast routing daemon on a
64bit kernel.
Reported-by: Bill Fenner <fenner@aristanetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If there are no explicit metrics attached to a route, hook
fi->fib_info up to dst_default_metrics.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is the initial gateway towards super-sharing metrics
if they are all set to zero for a route.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This adds the MCS information we currently get
from the drivers into radiotap.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
TCP is going to record metrics for the connection,
so pre-COW the route metrics at route cache entry
creation time.
This avoids several atomic operations that have to
occur if we COW the metrics after the entry reaches
global visibility.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Set the RTAX_LOCKED metric to INETPEER_METRICS_NEW (basically,
all ones) on fresh inetpeer entries.
This way code can determine if default metrics have been loaded
in from a routing table entry already.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Routing metrics are now copy-on-write.
Initially a route entry points it's metrics at a read-only location.
If a routing table entry exists, it will point there. Else it will
point at the all zero metric place-holder called 'dst_default_metrics'.
The writeability state of the metrics is stored in the low bits of the
metrics pointer, we have two bits left to spare if we want to store
more states.
For the initial implementation, COW is implemented simply via kmalloc.
However future enhancements will change this to place the writable
metrics somewhere else, in order to increase sharing. Very likely
this "somewhere else" will be the inetpeer cache.
Note also that this means that metrics updates may transiently fail
if we cannot COW the metrics successfully.
But even by itself, this patch should decrease memory usage and
increase cache locality especially for routing workloads. In those
cases the read-only metric copies stay in place and never get written
to.
TCP workloads where metrics get updated, and those rare cases where
PMTU triggers occur, will take a very slight performance hit. But
that hit will be alleviated when the long-term writable metrics
move to a more sharable location.
Since the metrics storage went from a u32 array of RTAX_MAX entries to
what is essentially a pointer, some retooling of the dst_entry layout
was necessary.
Most importantly, we need to preserve the alignment of the reference
count so that it doesn't share cache lines with the read-mostly state,
as per Eric Dumazet's alignment assertion checks.
The only non-trivial bit here is the move of the 'flags' member into
the writeable cacheline. This is OK since we are always accessing the
flags around the same moment when we made a modification to the
reference count.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Quoting Ben Hutchings: we presumably won't be defining features that
can only be enabled on 64-bit architectures.
Occurences found by `grep -r` on net/, drivers/net, include/
[ Move features and vlan_features next to each other in
struct netdev, as per Eric Dumazet's suggestion -DaveM ]
Signed-off-by: Michał Mirosław <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend channel to frequency mapping for 802.11j Japan 4.9GHz band, according to
IEEE802.11 section 17.3.8.3.2 and Annex J. Because there are now overlapping
channel numbers in the 2GHz and 5GHz band we can't map from channel to
frequency without knowing the band. This is no problem as in most contexts we
know the band. In places where we don't know the band (and WEXT compatibility)
we assume the 2GHz band for channels below 14.
This patch does not implement all channel to frequency mappings defined in
802.11, it's just an extension for 802.11j 20MHz channels. 5MHz and 10MHz
channels as well as 802.11y channels have been omitted.
The following drivers have been updated to reflect the API changes:
iwl-3945, iwl-agn, iwmc3200wifi, libertas, mwl8k, rt2x00, wl1251, wl12xx.
The drivers have been compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Prodoehl <bprodoehl@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In commit 44b8288308 (net_sched: pfifo_head_drop problem), we fixed
a problem with pfifo_head drops that incorrectly decreased
sch->bstats.bytes and sch->bstats.packets
Several qdiscs (CHOKe, SFQ, pfifo_head, ...) are able to drop a
previously enqueued packet, and bstats cannot be changed, so
bstats/rates are not accurate (over estimated)
This patch changes the qdisc_bstats updates to be done at dequeue() time
instead of enqueue() time. bstats counters no longer account for dropped
frames, and rates are more correct, since enqueue() bursts dont have
effect on dequeue() rate.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts stab qdisc management to RCU, so that we can perform
the qdisc_calculate_pkt_len() call before getting qdisc lock.
This shortens the lock's held time in __dev_xmit_skb().
This permits more qdiscs to get TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS status, avoiding lot of
cache misses and so reducing latencies.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@diku.dk>
CC: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In commit 3711210576 (net: QDISC_STATE_RUNNING dont need atomic bit
ops) I moved QDISC_STATE_RUNNING flag to __state container, located in
the cache line containing qdisc lock and often dirtied fields.
I now move TCQ_F_THROTTLED bit too, so that we let first cache line read
mostly, and shared by all cpus. This should speedup HTB/CBQ for example.
Not using test_bit()/__clear_bit()/__test_and_set_bit allows to use an
"unsigned int" for __state container, reducing by 8 bytes Qdisc size.
Introduce helpers to hide implementation details.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Jesper Dangaard Brouer <hawk@diku.dk>
CC: Jarek Poplawski <jarkao2@gmail.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/built-in.o: In function `nf_conntrack_init_net':
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c:1521:
undefined reference to `nf_conntrack_tstamp_init'
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_core.c:1531:
undefined reference to `nf_conntrack_tstamp_fini'
Add dummy inline functions for the =n case to fix this.
Reported-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (41 commits)
sctp: user perfect name for Delayed SACK Timer option
net: fix can_checksum_protocol() arguments swap
Revert "netlink: test for all flags of the NLM_F_DUMP composite"
gianfar: Fix misleading indentation in startup_gfar()
net/irda/sh_irda: return to RX mode when TX error
net offloading: Do not mask out NETIF_F_HW_VLAN_TX for vlan.
USB CDC NCM: tx_fixup() race condition fix
ns83820: Avoid bad pointer deref in ns83820_init_one().
ipv6: Silence privacy extensions initialization
bnx2x: Update bnx2x version to 1.62.00-4
bnx2x: Fix AER setting for BCM57712
bnx2x: Fix BCM84823 LED behavior
bnx2x: Mark full duplex on some external PHYs
bnx2x: Fix BCM8073/BCM8727 microcode loading
bnx2x: LED fix for BCM8727 over BCM57712
bnx2x: Common init will be executed only once after POR
bnx2x: Swap BCM8073 PHY polarity if required
iwlwifi: fix valid chain reading from EEPROM
ath5k: fix locking in tx_complete_poll_work
ath9k_hw: do PA offset calibration only on longcal interval
...
The option name of Delayed SACK Timer should be SCTP_DELAYED_SACK,
not SCTP_DELAYED_ACK.
Left SCTP_DELAYED_ACK be concomitant with SCTP_DELAYED_SACK,
for making compatibility with existing applications.
Reference:
8.1.19. Get or Set Delayed SACK Timer (SCTP_DELAYED_SACK)
（http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-tsvwg-sctpsocket-25)
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Wei Yongjun <yjwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The conn->sec_level value is supposed to represent the current level of
security that the connection has. However, by assigning to it before
requesting authentication it will have the wrong value during the
authentication procedure. To fix this a pending_sec_level variable is
added which is used to track the desired security level while making
sure that sec_level always represents the current level of security.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Currently, mac80211 always advertises that it may send
up to 64 subframes in an aggregate. This is fine, since
it's the max, but might as well be set to zero instead
since it doesn't have any information.
However, drivers might have that information, so allow
them to set a variable giving it, which will then be
used. The default of zero will be fine since to the
peer that means we don't know and it will just use its
own limit for the buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The aggregation code currently doesn't implement the
buffer size negotiation. It will always request a max
buffer size (which is fine, if a little pointless, as
the mac80211 code doesn't know and might just use 0
instead), but if the peer requests a smaller size it
isn't possible to honour this request.
In order to fix this, look at the buffer size in the
addBA response frame, keep track of it and pass it to
the driver in the ampdu_action callback when called
with the IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL action. That
way the driver can limit the number of subframes in
aggregates appropriately.
Note that this doesn't fix any drivers apart from the
addition of the new argument -- they all need to be
updated separately to use this variable!
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some devices don't support the maximum AMDPU buffer size of 64, so we
need to add an option to configure this in the hardware configuration.
This value will be used in the ADDBA response instead of the value
suggested in the request, if the latter is greater than the max
supported.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Tested-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds flow-based timestamping for conntracks. This
conntrack extension is disabled by default. Basically, we use
two 64-bits variables to store the creation timestamp once the
conntrack has been confirmed and the other to store the deletion
time. This extension is disabled by default, to enable it, you
have to:
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_timestamp
This patch allows to save memory for user-space flow-based
loogers such as ulogd2. In short, ulogd2 does not need to
keep a hashtable with the conntrack in user-space to know
when they were created and destroyed, instead we use the
kernel timestamp. If we want to have a sane IPFIX implementation
in user-space, this nanosecs resolution timestamps are also
useful. Other custom user-space applications can benefit from
this via libnetfilter_conntrack.
This patch modifies the /proc output to display the delta time
in seconds since the flow start. You can also obtain the
flow-start date by means of the conntrack-tools.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Packet filter (BPF) doesnt need to disable softirqs, being fully
re-entrant and lock-less.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding support for SNMP broadcast connection tracking. The SNMP
broadcast requests are now paired with the SNMP responses.
Thus allowing using SNMP broadcasts with firewall enabled.
Please refer to the following conversation:
http://marc.info/?l=netfilter-devel&m=125992205006600&w=2
Patrick McHardy wrote:
> > The best solution would be to add generic broadcast tracking, the
> > use of expectations for this is a bit of abuse.
> > The second best choice I guess would be to move the help() function
> > to a shared module and generalize it so it can be used for both.
This patch implements the "second best choice".
Since the netbios-ns conntrack module uses the same helper
functionality as the snmp, only one helper function is added
for both snmp and netbios-ns modules into the new object -
nf_conntrack_broadcast.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
My previous patch (netfilter: nf_nat: don't use atomic bit operation)
made a mistake when converting atomic_set to a normal bit 'or'.
IPS_*_BIT should be replaced with IPS_*.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Cc: Tim Gardner <tim.gardner@canonical.com>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (47 commits)
GRETH: resolve SMP issues and other problems
GRETH: handle frame error interrupts
GRETH: avoid writing bad speed/duplex when setting transfer mode
GRETH: fixed skb buffer memory leak on frame errors
GRETH: GBit transmit descriptor handling optimization
GRETH: fix opening/closing
GRETH: added raw AMBA vendor/device number to match against.
cassini: Fix build bustage on x86.
e1000e: consistent use of Rx/Tx vs. RX/TX/rx/tx in comments/logs
e1000e: update Copyright for 2011
e1000: Avoid unhandled IRQ
r8169: keep firmware in memory.
netdev: tilepro: Use is_unicast_ether_addr helper
etherdevice.h: Add is_unicast_ether_addr function
ks8695net: Use default implementation of ethtool_ops::get_link
ks8695net: Disable non-working ethtool operations
USB CDC NCM: Don't deref NULL in cdc_ncm_rx_fixup() and don't use uninitialized variable.
vxge: Remember to release firmware after upgrading firmware
netdev: bfin_mac: Remove is_multicast_ether_addr use in netdev_for_each_mc_addr
ipsec: update MAX_AH_AUTH_LEN to support sha512
...
Use is_vmalloc_addr() in nf_ct_free_hashtable() and get rid of
the vmalloc flags to indicate that a hash table has been allocated
using vmalloc().
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Fix dependencies of netfilter realm match: it depends on NET_CLS_ROUTE,
which itself depends on NET_SCHED; this dependency is missing from netfilter.
Since matching on realms is also useful without having NET_SCHED enabled and
the option really only controls whether the tclassid member is included in
route and dst entries, rename the config option to IP_ROUTE_CLASSID and move
it outside of traffic scheduling context to get rid of the NET_SCHED dependeny.
Reported-by: Vladis Kletnieks <Valdis.Kletnieks@vt.edu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
icv_truncbits is set to 256 for sha512, so update
MAX_AH_AUTH_LEN to 64.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The RED statistics structure includes backlog field which is not
set or used by any code.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Last two global vars to be moved,
ip_vs_ftpsvc_counter and ip_vs_nullsvc_counter.
[horms@verge.net.au: removed whitespace-change-only hunk]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
trash list per namspace,
and reordering of some params in dst struct.
[ horms@verge.net.au: Use cancel_delayed_work_sync() instead of
cancel_rearming_delayed_work(). Found during
merge conflict resoliution ]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch makes defense work timer per name-space,
A net ptr had to be added to the ipvs struct,
since it's needed by defense_work_handler.
[ horms@verge.net.au: Use cancel_delayed_work_sync() instead of
cancel_rearming_delayed_work(). Found during
merge conflict resoliution ]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Moving global vars to ipvs struct, except for svc table lock.
Next patch for ctl will be drop-rate handling.
*v3
__ip_vs_mutex remains global
ip_vs_conntrack_enabled(struct netns_ipvs *ipvs)
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Connection hash table is now name space aware.
i.e. net ptr >> 8 is xor:ed to the hash,
and this is the first param to be compared.
The net struct is 0xa40 in size ( a little bit smaller for 32 bit arch:s)
and cache-line aligned, so a ptr >> 5 might be a more clever solution ?
All lookups where net is compared uses net_eq() which returns 1 when netns
is disabled, and the compiler seems to do something clever in that case.
ip_vs_conn_fill_param() have *net as first param now.
Three new inlines added to keep conn struct smaller
when names space is disabled.
- ip_vs_conn_net()
- ip_vs_conn_net_set()
- ip_vs_conn_net_eq()
*v3
moved net compare to the end in "fast path"
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The statistic counter locks for every packet are now removed,
and that statistic is now per CPU, i.e. no locks needed.
However summing is made in ip_vs_est into ip_vs_stats struct
which is moved to ipvs struc.
procfs, ip_vs_stats now have a "per cpu" count and a grand total.
A new function seq_file_single_net() in ip_vs.h created for handling of
single_open_net() since it does not place net ptr in a struct, like others.
/var/lib/lxc # cat /proc/net/ip_vs_stats_percpu
Total Incoming Outgoing Incoming Outgoing
CPU Conns Packets Packets Bytes Bytes
0 0 3 1 9D 34
1 0 1 2 49 70
2 0 1 2 34 76
3 1 2 2 70 74
~ 1 7 7 18A 18E
Conns/s Pkts/s Pkts/s Bytes/s Bytes/s
0 0 0 0 0
*v3
ip_vs_stats reamains as before, instead ip_vs_stats_percpu is added.
u64 seq lock added
*v4
Bug correction inbytes and outbytes as own vars..
per_cpu counter for all stats now as suggested by Julian.
[horms@verge.net.au: removed whitespace-change-only hunk]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
All global variables moved to struct ipvs,
most external changes fixed (i.e. init_net removed)
in sync_buf create + 4 replaced by sizeof(struct..)
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
All variables moved to struct ipvs,
most external changes fixed (i.e. init_net removed)
*v3
timer per ns instead of a common timer in estimator.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
All variables moved to struct ipvs,
most external changes fixed (i.e. init_net removed)
in ip_vs_protocol param struct net *net added to:
- register_app()
- unregister_app()
This affected almost all proto_xxx.c files
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
appcnt and timeout_table moved from struct ip_vs_protocol to
ip_vs proto_data.
struct net *net added as first param to
- register_app()
- unregister_app()
- app_conn_bind()
- ip_vs_conn_new()
[horms@verge.net.au: removed cosmetic-change-only hunk]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
ip_vs_protocol *pp is replaced by ip_vs_proto_data *pd in
function call in ip_vs_protocol struct i.e. :,
- timeout_change()
- state_transition()
ip_vs_protocol_timeout_change() got ipvs as param, due to above
and a upcoming patch - defence work
Most of this changes are triggered by Julians comment:
"tcp_timeout_change should work with the new struct ip_vs_proto_data
so that tcp_state_table will go to pd->state_table
and set_tcp_state will get pd instead of pp"
*v3
Mostly comments from Julian
The pp -> pd conversion should start from functions like
ip_vs_out() that use pp = ip_vs_proto_get(iph.protocol),
now they should use ip_vs_proto_data_get(net, iph.protocol).
conn_in_get() and conn_out_get() unused param *pp, removed.
*v4
ip_vs_protocol_timeout_change() walk the proto_data path.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In this phase (one), all local vars will be moved to ipvs struct.
Remaining work, add param struct net *net to a couple of
functions that is common for all protos and use ip_vs_proto_data
*v3
Removed unuset function set_state_timeout()
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In this phase (one), all local vars will be moved to ipvs struct.
Remaining work, add param struct net *net to a couple of
functions that is common for all protos and use ip_vs_proto_data
*v3
Removed unused function set_state_timeout()
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
In this phase (one), all local vars will be moved to ipvs struct.
Remaining work, add param struct net *net to a couple of
functions that is common for all protos and use all
ip_vs_proto_data
*v3
Removed unused function as sugested by Simon
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Add support for protocol data per name-space.
in struct ip_vs_protocol, appcnt will be removed when all protos
are modified for network name-space.
This patch causes warnings of unused functions, they will be used
when next patch will be applied.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
var sysctl_ip_vs_lblc_expiration moved to ipvs struct as
sysctl_lblc_expiration
procfs updated to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
var sysctl_ip_vs_lblcr_expiration moved to ipvs struct as
sysctl_lblcr_expiration
procfs updated to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Services hash tables got netns ptr a hash arg,
While Real Servers (rs) has been moved to ipvs struct.
Two new inline functions added to get net ptr from skb.
Since ip_vs is called from different contexts there is two
places to dig for the net ptr skb->dev or skb->sk
this is handled in skb_net() and skb_sknet()
Global functions, ip_vs_service_get() ip_vs_lookup_real_service()
etc have got struct net *net as first param.
If possible get net ptr skb etc,
- if not &init_net is used at this early stage of patching.
ip_vs_ctl.c procfs not ready for netns yet.
*v3
Comments by Julian
- __ip_vs_service_find and __ip_vs_svc_fwm_find are fast path,
net_eq(svc->net, net) so the check is at the end now.
- net = skb_net(skb) in ip_vs_out moved after check for skb_dst.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Preparation for network name-space init, in this stage
some empty functions exists.
In most files there is a check if it is root ns i.e. init_net
if (!net_eq(net, &init_net))
return ...
this will be removed by the last patch, when enabling name-space.
*v3
ip_vs_conn.c merge error corrected.
net_ipvs #ifdef removed as sugested by Jan Engelhardt
[ horms@verge.net.au: Removed whitespace-change-only hunks ]
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
The IPv6 tproxy patches split IPv6 defragmentation off of conntrack, but
failed to update the #ifdef stanzas guarding the defragmentation related
fields and code in skbuff and conntrack related code in nf_defrag_ipv6.c.
This patch adds the required #ifdefs so that IPv6 tproxy can truly be used
without connection tracking.
Original report:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=129010118516341&w=2
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
For SHA256, RFC4868 requires to truncate ICV length to 128 bits,
hence MAX_AH_AUTH_LEN should be updated to 16.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
IPv4 over firewire needs to be able to remove ARP entries
from the ARP cache that belong to nodes that are removed, because
IPv4 over firewire uses ARP packets for private information
about nodes.
This information becomes invalid as soon as node drops
off the bus and when it reconnects, its only possible
to start talking to it after it responded to an ARP packet.
But ARP cache prevents such packets from being sent.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Levitsky <maximlevitsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
HTB takes into account skb is segmented in stats updates.
Generalize this to all schedulers.
They should use qdisc_bstats_update() helper instead of manipulating
bstats.bytes and bstats.packets
Add bstats_update() helper too for classes that use
gnet_stats_basic_packed fields.
Note : Right now, TCQ_F_CAN_BYPASS shortcurt can be taken only if no
stab is setup on qdisc.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dan Rosenberg pointed out that there were some signed comparison bugs
in the phonet protocol.
http://marc.info/?l=full-disclosure&m=129424528425330&w=2
The problem is that we check for array overflows but "protocol" is
signed and we don't check for array underflows. If you have already
have CAP_SYS_ADMIN then you could use the bugs to get root, or someone
could cause an oops by mistake.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When I made the patch to add mesh join/leave I
didn't pay attention to docs because it was a
proof of concept, and then when we actually did
merge it I forgot -- add docs now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The flag is IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN and I had
added that in a previous patch but forgotten docs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add documentation for the new callbacks that I
forgot in the patch adding the callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix new kernel-doc notation warning in sock.h by annotating skc_dontcopy_*
as private fields.
Warning(include/net/sock.h:163): No description found for parameter 'skc_dontcopy_end[0]'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since nf_ct_expect_dst_hash() may be called without nf_conntrack_lock
locked, nf_ct_expect_hash_rnd should be initialized in the atomic way.
In this patch, we use nf_conntrack_hash_rnd instead of
nf_ct_expect_hash_rnd.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel
offload if they implement smarter timing or need
to use a device implementation like iwlwifi.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adding a pair of set-get routines to dcbnl for setting the negotiation
flags of the various DCB features. Conforms to the CEE flavor of DCBX
The user sets these flags (enable, advertise, willing) for each feature
to be used by the DCBX engine. The 'get' routine returns which of the
features is enabled after the negotiation.
This patch is dependent on the following patches:
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 1/3] dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 2/3] dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 3/3] net_dcb: add application notifiers
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adding an optional DCBX capability and a pair for get-set routines for
setting the device DCBX mode. The DCBX capability is a bit field of
supported attributes. The user is expected to set the DCBX mode with a
subset of the advertised attributes.
This patch is dependent on the following patches:
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 1/3] dcbnl: add support for ieee8021Qaz attributes
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 2/3] dcbnl: add appliction tlv handlers
[net-next-2.6 PATCH 3/3] net_dcb: add application notifiers
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Acked-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
DCBx applications priorities can be changed dynamically. If
application stacks are expected to keep the skb priority
consistent with the dcbx priority the stack will need to
be notified when these changes occur.
This patch adds application notifiers for the stack to register
with.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds application tlv handlers. Networking stacks
may use the application priority to set the skb priority of
their stack using the negoatiated dcbx priority.
This patch provides the dcb_{get|set}app() routines for the
stack to query these parameters. Notice lower layer drivers
can use the dcbnl_ops routines if additional handling is
needed. Perhaps in the firmware case for example
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Shmulik Ravid <shmulikr@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The IEEE8021Qaz is the IEEE standard version of CEE. The
standard has had enough significant changes from the CEE
version that many of the CEE attributes have no meaning
in the new spec or do not easily map to IEEE standards.
Rather then attempt to create a complicated mapping
between CEE and IEEE standards this patch adds a nested
IEEE attribute to the list of DCB attributes. The policy
is,
[DCB_ATTR_IFNAME]
[DCB_ATTR_STATE]
...
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE]
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE_ETS]
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE_PFC]
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP_TABLE]
[DCB_ATTR_IEEE_APP]
...
The following dcbnl_rtnl_ops routines were added to handle
the IEEE standard,
int (*ieee_getets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *);
int (*ieee_setets) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_ets *);
int (*ieee_getpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *);
int (*ieee_setpfc) (struct net_device *, struct ieee_pfc *);
int (*ieee_getapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *);
int (*ieee_setapp) (struct net_device *, struct dcb_app *);
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 4465b46900.
Conflicts:
net/ipv4/fib_frontend.c
As reported by Ben Greear, this causes regressions:
> Change 4465b46900 caused rules
> to stop matching the input device properly because the
> FLOWI_FLAG_MATCH_ANY_IIF is always defined in ip_dev_find().
>
> This breaks rules such as:
>
> ip rule add pref 512 lookup local
> ip rule del pref 0 lookup local
> ip link set eth2 up
> ip -4 addr add 172.16.0.102/24 broadcast 172.16.0.255 dev eth2
> ip rule add to 172.16.0.102 iif eth2 lookup local pref 10
> ip rule add iif eth2 lookup 10001 pref 20
> ip route add 172.16.0.0/24 dev eth2 table 10001
> ip route add unreachable 0/0 table 10001
>
> If you had a second interface 'eth0' that was on a different
> subnet, pinging a system on that interface would fail:
>
> [root@ct503-60 ~]# ping 192.168.100.1
> connect: Invalid argument
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The initialization function used by hci_open_dev (hci_init_req) sends
many different HCI commands. The __hci_request function should only
return when all of these commands have completed (or a timeout occurs).
Several of these commands cause hci_req_complete to be called which
causes __hci_request to return prematurely.
This patch fixes the issue by adding a new hdev->req_last_cmd variable
which is set during the initialization procedure. The hci_req_complete
function will no longer mark the request as complete until the command
matching hdev->req_last_cmd completes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch adds Bluetooth Management interface events for controller
addition and removal. The events correspond to the existing HCI_DEV_REG
and HCI_DEV_UNREG stack internal events.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements the read_info command which is used to fetch basic
info about an adapter.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements the read_index_list command through which
userspace can get a list of current adapter indices.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch implements the initial read_version command that userspace
will use before any other management interface operations.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The throughput LED trigger was always active when
the radio was enabled. In most cases that's likely
the desired behaviour, but iwlwifi requires it to
be only active when one of the virtual interfaces
is actually "connected" in some way.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iwlwifi and other drivers like to blink their LED
based on throughput. Implement this generically in
mac80211, based on a throughput table the driver
specifies. That way, drivers can set the blink
frequencies depending on their desired behaviour
and max throughput.
All the drivers need to do is provide an LED class
device, best with blink hardware offload.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Conflicts:
MAINTAINERS
arch/arm/mach-omap2/pm24xx.c
drivers/scsi/bfa/bfa_fcpim.c
Needed to update to apply fixes for which the old branch was too
outdated.
This function has three bugs:
1) The offset should be valid most of the time, this is just
a sanity check, therefore we should use "likely" not "unlikely"
2) This is the only place where we can check for arithmetic overflow
of the pointer plus the length.
3) The existing range checks are off by one, the valid range is
skb->head to skb_tail_pointer(), inclusive.
Based almost entirely upon a patch by Ralph Loader.
Reported-by: Ralph Loader <suckfish@ihug.co.nz>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch changes the default initial receive window to 10 mss
(defined constant). The default window is limited to the maximum
of 10*1460 and 2*mss (when mss > 1460).
draft-ietf-tcpm-initcwnd-00 is a proposal to the IETF that recommends
increasing TCP's initial congestion window to 10 mss or about 15KB.
Leading up to this proposal were several large-scale live Internet
experiments with an initial congestion window of 10 mss (IW10), where
we showed that the average latency of HTTP responses improved by
approximately 10%. This was accompanied by a slight increase in
retransmission rate (0.5%), most of which is coming from applications
opening multiple simultaneous connections. To understand the extreme
worst case scenarios, and fairness issues (IW10 versus IW3), we further
conducted controlled testbed experiments. We came away finding minimal
negative impact even under low link bandwidths (dial-ups) and small
buffers. These results are extremely encouraging to adopting IW10.
However, an initial congestion window of 10 mss is useless unless a TCP
receiver advertises an initial receive window of at least 10 mss.
Fortunately, in the large-scale Internet experiments we found that most
widely used operating systems advertised large initial receive windows
of 64KB, allowing us to experiment with a wide range of initial
congestion windows. Linux systems were among the few exceptions that
advertised a small receive window of 6KB. The purpose of this patch is
to fix this shortcoming.
References:
1. A comprehensive list of all IW10 references to date.
http://code.google.com/speed/protocols/tcpm-IW10.html
2. Paper describing results from large-scale Internet experiments with IW10.
http://ccr.sigcomm.org/drupal/?q=node/621
3. Controlled testbed experiments under worst case scenarios and a
fairness study.
http://www.ietf.org/proceedings/79/slides/tcpm-0.pdf
4. Raw test data from testbed experiments (Linux senders/receivers)
with initial congestion and receive windows of both 10 mss.
http://research.csc.ncsu.edu/netsrv/?q=content/iw10
5. Internet-Draft. Increasing TCP's Initial Window.
https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-ietf-tcpm-initcwnd/
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As has been pointed out by Daniel Halperin some devices (e.g. Intel IWL5100)
can only TX from a subset of RX antennas, so use separate availability masks
for RX and TX.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Userspace will now be allowed to toggle between the default path
selection algorithm (HWMP, implemented in the kernel), and a vendor
specific alternative. Also in the same patch, allow userspace to add
information elements to mesh beacons. This is accordance with the
Extensible Path Selection Framework specified in version 7.0 of the
802.11s draft.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh parameters can be to setup a mesh or to configure it.
This patch renames the ambiguous name mesh_params to mesh_config
in preparation for mesh_setup.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All rt2x00 drivers except rt2800pci call ieee80211_tx_status() from
a workqueue, which causes "NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08" messages.
To fix it, add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() similar to ieee80211_rx_ni()
which can be called from process context, and call it from
rt2x00lib_txdone(). For the rt2800pci special case a driver
flag is introduced.
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=24892
Signed-off-by: Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Flush the routing cache only of entries that match the
network namespace in which the purge event occurred.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Pawel reported a panic related to handling shared skbs in ixgbe
incorrectly. So we need to revert my previous patch to work around
this bug. Instead of reverting the patch completely, I just revert
the essential lines, so we can add the previous optimization
back more easily in future.
commit 3511c9132f
Author: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Date: Sat Oct 16 13:04:08 2010 +0000
net_sched: remove the unused parameter of qdisc_create_dflt()
Reported-by: Pawel Staszewski <pstaszewski@itcare.pl>
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch modifies IPsec6 to fragment IPv6 packets that are
locally generated as needed.
This version of the patch only fragments in tunnel mode, so that fragment
headers will not be obscured by ESP in transport mode.
Signed-off-by: David L Stevens <dlstevens@us.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Special care is taken inside sk_port_alloc to avoid overwriting
skc_node/skc_nulls_node. We should also avoid overwriting
skc_bind_node/skc_portaddr_node.
The patch fixes the following crash:
BUG: unable to handle kernel paging request at fffffffffffffff0
IP: [<ffffffff812ec6dd>] udp4_lib_lookup2+0xad/0x370
[<ffffffff812ecc22>] __udp4_lib_lookup+0x282/0x360
[<ffffffff812ed63e>] __udp4_lib_rcv+0x31e/0x700
[<ffffffff812bba45>] ? ip_local_deliver_finish+0x65/0x190
[<ffffffff812bbbf8>] ? ip_local_deliver+0x88/0xa0
[<ffffffff812eda35>] udp_rcv+0x15/0x20
[<ffffffff812bba45>] ip_local_deliver_finish+0x65/0x190
[<ffffffff812bbbf8>] ip_local_deliver+0x88/0xa0
[<ffffffff812bb2cd>] ip_rcv_finish+0x32d/0x6f0
[<ffffffff8128c14c>] ? netif_receive_skb+0x99c/0x11c0
[<ffffffff812bb94b>] ip_rcv+0x2bb/0x350
[<ffffffff8128c14c>] netif_receive_skb+0x99c/0x11c0
Signed-off-by: Leonard Crestez <lcrestez@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some windows versions have wrong RFC1323 implementations, with SYN and
SYNACKS messages containing zero tcp timestamps.
We relaxed in commit fc1ad92dfc the passive connection case
(Windows connects to a linux machine), but the reverse case (linux
connects to a Windows machine) has an analogue problem when tsvals from
windows machine are 'negative' (high order bit set) : PAWS triggers and
we drops incoming messages.
Fix this by making zero ts_recent value special, allowing frame to be
processed.
Based on a report and initial patch from Dmitiy Balakin
Bugzilla reference : https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=24842
Reported-by: dmitriy.balakin@nicneiron.ru
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add dev_close_many and dev_deactivate_many to factorize another
sync-rcu operation on the netdevice unregister path.
$ modprobe dummy numdummies=10000
$ ip link set dev dummy* up
$ time rmmod dummy
Without the patch With the patch
real 0m 24.63s real 0m 5.15s
user 0m 0.00s user 0m 0.00s
sys 0m 6.05s sys 0m 5.14s
Signed-off-by: Octavian Purdila <opurdila@ixiacom.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new notification to indicate that a received, unprotected
Deauthentication or Disassociation frame was dropped due to
management frame protection being in use. This notification is
needed to allow user space (e.g., wpa_supplicant) to implement
SA Query procedure to recover from association state mismatch
between an AP and STA.
This is needed to avoid getting stuck in non-working state when MFP
(IEEE 802.11w) is used and a protected Deauthentication or
Disassociation frame is dropped for any reason. After that, the
station would silently discard any unprotected Deauthentication or
Disassociation frame that could be indicating that the AP does not
have association for the STA (when the Reason Code would be 6 or 7).
IEEE Std 802.11w-2009, 11.13 describes this recovery mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The IPv6 tproxy patches split IPv6 defragmentation off of conntrack, but
failed to update the #ifdef stanzas guarding the defragmentation related
fields and code in skbuff and conntrack related code in nf_defrag_ipv6.c.
This patch adds the required #ifdefs so that IPv6 tproxy can truly be used
without connection tracking.
Original report:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=129010118516341&w=2
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Allow drivers or rate control algorithms to specify BlockAck session
timeout when initiating an ADDBA transaction. This is useful in cases
where maintaining persistent BA sessions does not incur any overhead.
The current timeout value of 5000 TUs is retained for all non ath9k/ath9k_htc
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the upcoming hardware offload implementation,
some devices will have a different maximum duration
for the remain-on-channel command. Advertise the
maximum duration in mac80211, and make mac80211 set
it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Like RTAX_ADVMSS, make the default calculation go through a dst_ops
method rather than caching the computation in the routing cache
entries.
Now dst metrics are pretty much left as-is when new entries are
created, thus optimizing metric sharing becomes a real possibility.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Make all RTAX_ADVMSS metric accesses go through a new helper function,
dst_metric_advmss().
Leave the actual default metric as "zero" in the real metric slot,
and compute the actual default value dynamically via a new dst_ops
AF specific callback.
For stacked IPSEC routes, we use the advmss of the path which
preserves existing behavior.
Unlike ipv4/ipv6, DecNET ties the advmss to the mtu and thus updates
advmss on pmtu updates. This inconsistency in advmss handling
results in more raw metric accesses than I wish we ended up with.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allow userspace to specify that a given key
is default only for unicast and/or multicast
transmissions. Only WEP keys are for both,
WPA/RSN keys set here are GTKs for multicast
only. For more future flexibility, allow to
specify all combiations.
Wireless extensions can only set both so use
nl80211; WEP keys (connect keys) must be set
as default for both (but 802.1X WEP is still
possible).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a field to wiphy for the hardware to report the availble antennas for
configuration. Only if this is set to something bigger than zero, will the
anntenna configuration ops be executed.
Allthough this could be a simple number of antennas, I defined it as a bitmap
of antennas which are available for configuration, since it's more consistent
with the rest of the antenna API and there could be cases where the
hardware allows only configuration of certain antennas. As it does not make
much of a difference in size or normal usage, I think it's better to be able to
support this, in case the need arises.
The antenna configuration is now also checked against the availabe antennas and
rejected if it does not match.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
--
v3: always apply available antenna mask (for "all" antennas case).
v2: reject antenna configurations which don't match the available antennas
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Always go through a new ip4_dst_hoplimit() helper, just like ipv6.
This allowed several simplifications:
1) The interim dst_metric_hoplimit() can go as it's no longer
userd.
2) The sysctl_ip_default_ttl entry no longer needs to use
ipv4_doint_and_flush, since the sysctl is not cached in
routing cache metrics any longer.
3) ipv4_doint_and_flush no longer needs to be exported and
therefore can be marked static.
When ipv4_doint_and_flush_strategy was removed some time ago,
the external declaration in ip.h was mistakenly left around
so kill that off too.
We have to move the sysctl_ip_default_ttl declaration into
ipv4's route cache definition header net/route.h, because
currently net/ip.h (where the declaration lives now) has
a back dependency on net/route.h
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The XFRMA_TFCPAD attribute for XFRM state installation configures
Traffic Flow Confidentiality by padding ESP packets to a specified
length.
Signed-off-by: Martin Willi <martin@strongswan.org>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Followup of commit b178bb3dfc (net: reorder struct sock fields)
Optimize INET input path a bit further, by :
1) moving sk_refcnt close to sk_lock.
This reduces number of dirtied cache lines by one on 64bit arches (and
64 bytes cache line size).
2) moving inet_daddr & inet_rcv_saddr at the beginning of sk
(same cache line than hash / family / bound_dev_if / nulls_node)
This reduces number of accessed cache lines in lookups by one, and dont
increase size of inet and timewait socks.
inet and tw sockets now share same place-holder for these fields.
Before patch :
offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) = 0x10
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) = 0x40
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue) = 0x60
offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_daddr) = 0x270
offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_rcv_saddr) = 0x274
After patch :
offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) = 0x44
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) = 0x48
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue) = 0x68
offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_daddr) = 0x0
offsetof(struct inet_sock, inet_rcv_saddr) = 0x4
compute_score() (udp or tcp) now use a single cache line per ignored
item, instead of two.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use helper functions to hide all direct accesses, especially writes,
to dst_entry metrics values.
This will allow us to:
1) More easily change how the metrics are stored.
2) Implement COW for metrics.
In particular this will help us put metrics into the inetpeer
cache if that is what we end up doing. We can make the _metrics
member a pointer instead of an array, initially have it point
at the read-only metrics in the FIB, and then on the first set
grab an inetpeer entry and point the _metrics member there.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Add a new BSS attribute to allow hostapd to set the current HT opmode.
Otherwise drivers won't be able to set up protection for HT rates in
AP mode.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to send data to management control sockets the function should:
- skip checks intended for raw HCI data and stack internal events
- make sure RAW HCI data or stack internal events don't go to
management control sockets
In order to accomplish this the patch adds a new member to the bluetooth
skb private data to flag skb's that are destined for management control
sockets.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add initial definitions for the new Bluetooth Management interface to
the bluetooth headers.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the
signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different
packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet.
This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function.
--
v2: fix ABI breakage and change factor to be a power of 2.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of tying mesh activity to interface up,
add join and leave commands for mesh. Since we
must be backward compatible, let cfg80211 handle
joining a mesh if a mesh ID was pre-configured
when the device goes up.
Note that this therefore must modify mac80211 as
well since mac80211 needs to lose the logic to
start the mesh on interface up.
We now allow querying mesh parameters before the
mesh is connected, which simply returns defaults.
Setting them (internally renamed to "update") is
only allowed while connected. Specify them with
the new mesh join command instead where needed.
In mac80211, beaconing must now also follow the
mesh enabled/not enabled state, which is done
by testing the mesh ID.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211 used to do all its bookkeeping in
the notifier, but some new stuff will have
to use local variables so make the callback
return the netdev pointer.
Tested-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The TTL in path selection information elements is different from
the mesh ttl used in mesh data frames. Version 7.03 of the 11s
draft calls this ttl 'Element TTL'.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Pavel Emelyanov tried to fix a race between sk_filter_(de|at)tach and
sk_clone() in commit 47e958eac2
Problem is we can have several clones sharing a common sk_filter, and
these clones might want to sk_filter_attach() their own filters at the
same time, and can overwrite old_filter->rcu, corrupting RCU queues.
We can not use filter->rcu without being sure no other thread could do
the same thing.
Switch code to a more conventional ref-counting technique : Do the
atomic decrement immediately and queue one rcu call back when last
reference is released.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of the removal of TIPC's native API support it is no longer
necessary for TIPC to export symbols for routines that can be called
by kernel-based applications, nor for it to have header files that
kernel-based applications can include to access the declarations for
those routines. This commit eliminates the exporting of symbols by
TIPC and migrates the contents of each obsolete native API include
file into its corresponding non-native API equivalent.
The code which was migrated in this commit was migrated intact, in
that there are no technical changes combined with the relocation.
Signed-off-by: Allan Stephens <Allan.Stephens@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These macros have been defined for several years since v2.6.12-rc2（tracing by git）,
but never be used. So remove them.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__ICMP_MIB_MAX is equal to the total number of icmp mib,
So no need to add 1. This wastes 4/8 bytes memory.
Change it to be same as ICMP6_MIB_MAX, TCP_MIB_MAX, UDP_MIB_MAX.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The last patch with the same title was for mac80211 ops, accidentally.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The only thing AF-specific about remembering the timestamp
for a time-wait TCP socket is getting the peer.
Abstract that behind a new timewait_sock_ops vector.
Support for real IPV6 sockets is not filled in yet, but
curiously this makes timewait recycling start to work
for v4-mapped ipv6 sockets.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove extra spaces from legal text so that legal stuff looks
the same for all bluetooth code.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Do not use assignment in IF condition, remove extra spaces,
fixing typos, simplify code.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Do not initialize static vars to zero, macros with complex values
shall be enclosed with (), remove unneeded braces.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Remove extra spaces, assignments in if statement, zeroing static
variables, extra braces. Fix includes.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Do not use assignments in IF condition, remove extra spaces
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Then we can make a completely generic tcp_remember_stamp()
that uses ->get_peer() as a helper, minimizing the AF specific
code and minimizing the eventual code duplication when we implement
the ipv6 side of TW recycling.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
All rt2x00 drivers except rt2800pci call ieee80211_tx_status() from
a workqueue, which causes "NOHZ: local_softirq_pending 08" messages.
To fix it, add ieee80211_tx_status_ni() similar to ieee80211_rx_ni()
which can be called from process context, and call it from
rt2x00lib_txdone(). For the rt2800pci special case a driver
flag is introduced.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Stezenbach <js@sig21.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With p2p, it is sometimes necessary to transmit
a frame (typically an action frame) on another
channel than the current channel. Enable this
through the CMD_FRAME API, and allow it to wait
for a response. A new command allows that wait
to be aborted.
However, allow userspace to specify whether or
not it wants to allow off-channel TX, it may
actually want to use the same channel only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Its easy to eat all kernel memory and trigger NMI watchdog, using an
exploit program that queues unix sockets on top of others.
lkml ref : http://lkml.org/lkml/2010/11/25/8
This mechanism is used in applications, one choice we have is to have a
recursion limit.
Other limits might be needed as well (if we queue other types of files),
since the passfd mechanism is currently limited by socket receive queue
sizes only.
Add a recursion_level to unix socket, allowing up to 4 levels.
Each time we send an unix socket through sendfd mechanism, we copy its
recursion level (plus one) to receiver. This recursion level is cleared
when socket receive queue is emptied.
Reported-by: Марк Коренберг <socketpair@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
1. SCTP_CMD_NUM_VERBS,SCTP_CMD_MAX
These two macros have never been used for several years since v2.6.12-rc2.
2.sctp_port_rover,sctp_port_alloc_lock
The commit 063930 abandoned global variables of port_rover and port_alloc_lock,
but still keep two macros to refer to them.
So, remove them now.
commit 0639300900
Author: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@linux-foundation.org>
Date: Wed Oct 10 17:30:18 2007 -0700
[SCTP]: port randomization
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fl->fl_gre_key is network byte order contrary to fl->fl_icmp_*.
Make xfrm_flowi_{s|d}port return network byte order values for gre
key too.
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These macros have been existed for several years since v2.6.12-rc2.
But they never be used. So remove them now.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As David pointed out correctly, updates to af-specific attributes
are currently not atomic. If multiple changes are requested and
one of them fails, previous updates may have been applied already
leaving the link behind in a undefined state.
This patch splits the function parse_link_af() into two functions
validate_link_af() and set_link_at(). validate_link_af() is placed
to validate_linkmsg() check for errors as early as possible before
any changes to the link have been made. set_link_af() is called to
commit the changes later.
This method is not fail proof, while it is currently sufficient
to make set_link_af() inerrable and thus 100% atomic, the
validation function method will not be able to detect all error
scenarios in the future, there will likely always be errors
depending on states which are f.e. not protected by rtnl_mutex
and thus may change between validation and setting.
Also, instead of silently ignoring unknown address families and
config blocks for address families which did not register a set
function the errors EAFNOSUPPORT respectively EOPNOSUPPORT are
returned to avoid comitting 4 out of 5 update requests without
notifying the user.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a sysclt net.ipv4.vs.sync_version
that can be used to send sync msg in version 0 or 1 format.
sync_version value is logical,
Value 1 (default) New version
0 Plain old version
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Enable sending and removal of version 0 sending
Affected functions,
ip_vs_sync_buff_create()
ip_vs_sync_conn()
ip_vs_core.c removal of IPv4 check.
*v5
Just check cp->pe_data_len in ip_vs_sync_conn
Check if padding needed before adding a new sync_conn
to the buffer, i.e. avoid sending padding at the end.
*v4
moved sanity check and pe_name_len after sloop.
use cp->pe instead of cp->dest->svc->pe
real length in each sync_conn, not padded length
however total size of a sync_msg includes padding.
*v3
Sending ip_vs_sync_conn_options in network order.
Sending Templates for ONE_PACKET conn.
Renaming of ip_vs_sync_mesg to ip_vs_sync_mesg_v0
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Functionality improvements
* flags changed from 16 to 32 bits
* fwmark added (32 bits)
* timeout in sec. added (32 bits)
* pe data added (Variable length)
* IPv6 capabilities (3x16 bytes for addr.)
* Version and type in every conn msg.
ip_vs_process_message() now handles Version 1 messages
and will call ip_vs_process_message_v0() for version 0 messages.
ip_vs_proc_conn() is common for both version, and handles the update of
connection hash.
ip_vs_conn_fill_param_sync() - Version 1 messages only
ip_vs_conn_fill_param_sync_v0() - Version 0 messages only
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
One struct will have fwmark added:
* ip_vs_conn
ip_vs_conn_new() and ip_vs_find_dest()
will have an extra param - fwmark
The effects of that, is in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This adds the ability for drivers to use CQM events
to notify about packet loss for specific stations
(which could be the AP for the managed mode case).
Since the threshold might be determined by the
driver (it isn't passed in right now) it will be
passed out of the driver to userspace in the event.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
- store the multicast rate as an index instead of the rate value
(reduces cpu overhead in a hotpath)
- validate the rate values (must match a bitrate in at least one sband)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Lower SCM_MAX_FD from 255 to 253 so that allocations for scm_fp_list are
halved. (commit f8d570a4 added two pointers in this structure)
scm_fp_dup() should not copy whole structure (and trigger kmemcheck
warnings), but only the used part. While we are at it, only allocate
needed size.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ipv6_sk_mc_lock rwlock becomes a spinlock.
readers (inet6_mc_check()) now takes rcu_read_lock() instead of read
lock. Writers dont need to disable BH anymore.
struct ipv6_mc_socklist objects are reclaimed after one RCU grace
period.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When two cards are connected with the same regulatory domain
if CRDA had a delayed response then cfg80211's own set regulatory
domain would still be the world regulatory domain. There was a bug
on cfg80211's logic such that it assumed that once you pegged a
request as the last request it was already the currently set
regulatory domain. This would mean we would race setting a stale
regulatory domain to secondary cards which had the same regulatory
domain since the alpha2 would match.
We fix this by processing each regulatory request atomically,
and only move on to the next one once we get it fully processed.
In the case CRDA is not present we will simply world roam.
This issue is only present when you have a slow system and the
CRDA processing is delayed. Because of this it is not a known
regression.
Without this fix when a delay is present with CRDA the second card
would end up with an intersected regulatory domain and not allow it
to use the channels it really is designed for. When two cards with
two different regulatory domains were inserted you'd end up
rejecting the second card's regulatory domain request.
This fails with mac80211_hswim's regtest=2 (two requests, same alpha2)
and regtest=3 (two requests, different alpha2) module parameter
options.
This was reproduced and tested against mac80211_hwsim using this
CRDA delayer:
#!/bin/bash
echo $COUNTRY >> /tmp/log
sleep 2
/sbin/crda.orig
And these regulatory tests:
modprobe mac80211_hwsim regtest=2
modprobe mac80211_hwsim regtest=3
Reported-by: Mark Mentovai <mark@moxienet.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Tested-by: Mark Mentovai <mark@moxienet.com>
Tested-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This commit is same in nature as v2.6.37-rc1-755-g3654654; the network
namespace itself is not modified when calling net_generic, so the
parameter can be const.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the
signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different
packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet.
This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
jiffies is defined as "volatile".
extern unsigned long volatile __jiffy_data jiffies;
ACCESS_ONCE() uses "volatile".
As a result, some compilers warn duplicate `volatile' for ACCESS_ONCE(jiffies).
Signed-off-by: Tetsuo Handa <penguin-kernel@I-love.SAKURA.ne.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In many places we've just hardcoded the
AC numbers -- which is a relic from the
original mac80211 (d80211). Add constants
for them so we know what we're talking
about.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use the macros defined for the members of flowi to clean the code up.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each net_device contains address family specific data such as
per device settings and statistics. We already expose this data
via procfs/sysfs and partially netlink.
The netlink method requires the requester to send one RTM_GETLINK
request for each address family it wishes to receive data of
and then merge this data itself.
This patch implements a new API which combines all address family
specific link data in a new netlink attribute IFLA_AF_SPEC.
IFLA_AF_SPEC contains a sequence of nested attributes, one for each
address family which in turn defines the structure of its own
attribute. Example:
[IFLA_AF_SPEC] = {
[AF_INET] = {
[IFLA_INET_CONF] = ...,
},
[AF_INET6] = {
[IFLA_INET6_FLAGS] = ...,
[IFLA_INET6_CONF] = ...,
}
}
The API also allows for address families to implement a function
which parses the IFLA_AF_SPEC attribute sent by userspace to
implement address family specific link options.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Chipsets with hardware based connection monitoring need to autonomically
send directed probe-request frames to the AP (in the event of beacon loss,
for example.)
For the hardware to be able to do this, it requires a template for the frame
to transmit to the AP, filled in with the BSSID and SSID of the AP, but also
the supported rate IE's.
This patch adds a function to mac80211, which allows the hardware driver to
fetch this template after association, so it can be configured to the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow antenna configuration by calling driver's function for it.
We disallow antenna configuration if the wiphy is already running, mainly to
make life easier for 802.11n drivers which need to recalculate HT capabilites.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow setting of TX and RX antennas configuration via nl80211.
The antenna configuration is defined as a bitmap of allowed antennas to use.
This API can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should not
be used for other reasons like regulatory concerns or special setups.
Separate bitmaps are used for RX and TX to allow configuring different antennas
for receiving and transmitting. Each bitmap is 32 bit long, each bit
representing one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first bit. If an
antenna bit is set, this means the driver is allowed to use this antenna for RX
or TX respectively; if the bit is not set the hardware is not allowed to use
this antenna.
Using bitmaps has the benefit of allowing for a flexible configuration
interface which can support many different configurations and which can be used
for 802.11n as well as non-802.11n devices. Instead of relying on some hardware
specific assumptions, drivers can use this information to know which antennas
are actually attached to the system and derive their capabilities based on
that.
802.11n devices should enable or disable chains, based on which antennas are
present (If all antennas belonging to a particular chain are disabled, the
entire chain should be disabled). HT capabilities (like STBC, TX Beamforming,
Antenna selection) should be calculated based on the available chains after
applying the antenna masks. Should a 802.11n device have diversity antennas
attached to one of their chains, diversity can be enabled or disabled based on
the antenna information.
Non-802.11n drivers can use the antenna masks to select RX and TX antennas and
to enable or disable antenna diversity.
While covering chainmasks for 802.11n and the standard "legacy" modes "fixed
antenna 1", "fixed antenna 2" and "diversity" this API also allows more rare,
but useful configurations as follows:
1) Send on antenna 1, receive on antenna 2 (or vice versa). This can be used to
have a low gain antenna for TX in order to keep within the regulatory
constraints and a high gain antenna for RX in order to receive weaker signals
("speak softly, but listen harder"). This can be useful for building long-shot
outdoor links. Another usage of this setup is having a low-noise pre-amplifier
on antenna 1 and a power amplifier on the other antenna. This way transmit
noise is mostly kept out of the low noise receive channel.
(This would be bitmaps: tx 1 rx 2).
2) Another similar setup is: Use RX diversity on both antennas, but always send
on antenna 1. Again that would allow us to benefit from a higher gain RX
antenna, while staying within the legal limits.
(This would be: tx 0 rx 3).
3) And finally there can be special experimental setups in research and
development even with pre 802.11n hardware where more than 2 antennas are
available. It's good to keep the API simple, yet flexible.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
--
v7: Made bitmasks 32 bit wide and rebased to latest wireless-testing.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The lower driver is notified when the fragmentation threshold changes
and upon a reconfig of the interface.
If the driver supports hardware TX fragmentation, don't fragment
packets in the stack.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Right now, fields in struct sock are not optimally ordered, because each
path (RX softirq, TX completion, RX user, TX user) has to touch fields
that are contained in many different cache lines.
The really critical thing is to shrink number of cache lines that are
used at RX softirq time : CPU handling softirqs for a device can receive
many frames per second for many sockets. If load is too big, we can drop
frames at NIC level. RPS or multiqueue cards can help, but better reduce
latency if possible.
This patch starts with UDP protocol, then additional patches will try to
reduce latencies of other ones as well.
At RX softirq time, fields of interest for UDP protocol are :
(not counting ones in inet struct for the lookup)
Read/Written:
sk_refcnt (atomic increment/decrement)
sk_rmem_alloc & sk_backlog.len (to check if there is room in queues)
sk_receive_queue
sk_backlog (if socket locked by user program)
sk_rxhash
sk_forward_alloc
sk_drops
Read only:
sk_rcvbuf (sk_rcvqueues_full())
sk_filter
sk_wq
sk_policy[0]
sk_flags
Additional notes :
- sk_backlog has one hole on 64bit arches. We can fill it to save 8
bytes.
- sk_backlog is used only if RX sofirq handler finds the socket while
locked by user.
- sk_rxhash is written only once per flow.
- sk_drops is written only if queues are full
Final layout :
[1] One section grouping all read/write fields, but placing rxhash and
sk_backlog at the end of this section.
[2] One section grouping all read fields in RX handler
(sk_filter, sk_rcv_buf, sk_wq)
[3] Section used by other paths
I'll post a patch on its own to put sk_refcnt at the end of struct
sock_common so that it shares same cache line than section [1]
New offsets on 64bit arch :
sizeof(struct sock)=0x268
offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) =0x10
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) =0x48
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue)=0x68
offsetof(struct sock, sk_backlog)=0x80
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rmem_alloc)=0x80
offsetof(struct sock, sk_forward_alloc)=0x98
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rxhash)=0x9c
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rcvbuf)=0xa4
offsetof(struct sock, sk_drops) =0xa0
offsetof(struct sock, sk_filter)=0xa8
offsetof(struct sock, sk_wq)=0xb0
offsetof(struct sock, sk_policy)=0xd0
offsetof(struct sock, sk_flags) =0xe0
Instead of :
sizeof(struct sock)=0x270
offsetof(struct sock, sk_refcnt) =0x10
offsetof(struct sock, sk_lock) =0x50
offsetof(struct sock, sk_receive_queue)=0xc0
offsetof(struct sock, sk_backlog)=0x70
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rmem_alloc)=0xac
offsetof(struct sock, sk_forward_alloc)=0x10c
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rxhash)=0x128
offsetof(struct sock, sk_rcvbuf)=0x4c
offsetof(struct sock, sk_drops) =0x16c
offsetof(struct sock, sk_filter)=0x198
offsetof(struct sock, sk_wq)=0x88
offsetof(struct sock, sk_policy)=0x98
offsetof(struct sock, sk_flags) =0x130
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
UDP sockets refcount is usually 2, unless an incoming frame is going to
be queued in receive or backlog queue.
Using atomic_inc_not_zero_hint() permits to reduce latency, because
processor issues less memory transactions.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The changed functions do not modify the NL messages and/or attributes
at all. They should use const (similar to strchr), so that callers
which have a const nlmsg/nlattr around can make use of them without
casting.
While at it, constify a data array.
Signed-off-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The dest of a connection may not exist if it has been created as the result
of connection synchronisation. But in order for connection entries for
templates with persistence engine data created through connection
synchronisation to be valid access to the persistence engine pointer is
required. So add the persistence engine to the connection itself.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN is BIT(7) as is WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL. Change
to BIT(8).
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When b43legacy is compiled on the arm platform, the following errors are seen:
CC [M] drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.o
In file included from include/net/dst.h:11,
from drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.c:31:
include/net/dst_ops.h:28: error: expected ':', ',', ';', '}' or '__attribute__'
before '____cacheline_aligned_in_smp'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_get_fast':
include/net/dst_ops.h:33: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named
'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_get_slow':
include/net/dst_ops.h:41: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named
'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_add':
include/net/dst_ops.h:49: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named
'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_init':
include/net/dst_ops.h:55: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named
'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_destroy':
include/net/dst_ops.h:60: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named
'pcpuc_entries'
make[4]: *** [drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.o] Error 1
make[3]: *** [drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy] Error 2
make[2]: *** [drivers/net/wireless] Error 2
make[1]: *** [drivers/net] Error 2
make: *** [drivers] Error 2
The cause is a missing include of <linux/cache.h>, which is present for
i386 and x86_64 architectures, but not for arm.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Hannemann <arnd@arndnet.de>
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Stable <stable@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The GRE Key field is intended to be used for identifying an individual
traffic flow within a tunnel. It is useful to be able to have XFRM
policy selector matches to have different policies for different
GRE tunnels.
Signed-off-by: Timo Teräs <timo.teras@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
We should be enabling country IE hints for WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY
even if we haven't yet recieved regulatory domain hint for the driver
if it needed one. Without this Country IEs are not passed on to drivers
that have set WIPHY_FLAG_STRICT_REGULATORY, today this is just all
Atheros chipset drivers: ath5k, ath9k, ar9170, carl9170.
This was part of the original design, however it was completely
overlooked...
Cc: Easwar Krishnan <easwar.krishnan@atheros.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add some __rcu annotations and use helpers to reduce number of sparse
warnings (CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
As we own the conntrack and the others can't see it until we confirm it,
we don't need to use atomic bit operation on ct->status.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (66 commits)
can-bcm: fix minor heap overflow
gianfar: Do not call device_set_wakeup_enable() under a spinlock
ipv6: Warn users if maximum number of routes is reached.
docs: Add neigh/gc_thresh3 and route/max_size documentation.
axnet_cs: fix resume problem for some Ax88790 chip
ipv6: addrconf: don't remove address state on ifdown if the address is being kept
tcp: Don't change unlocked socket state in tcp_v4_err().
x25: Prevent crashing when parsing bad X.25 facilities
cxgb4vf: add call to Firmware to reset VF State.
cxgb4vf: Fail open if link_start() fails.
cxgb4vf: flesh out PCI Device ID Table ...
cxgb4vf: fix some errors in Gather List to skb conversion
cxgb4vf: fix bug in Generic Receive Offload
cxgb4vf: don't implement trivial (and incorrect) ndo_select_queue()
ixgbe: Look inside vlan when determining offload protocol.
bnx2x: Look inside vlan when determining checksum proto.
vlan: Add function to retrieve EtherType from vlan packets.
virtio-net: init link state correctly
ucc_geth: Fix deadlock
ucc_geth: Do not bring the whole IF down when TX failure.
...
in_dev->mc_list is protected by one rwlock (in_dev->mc_list_lock).
This can easily be converted to a RCU protection.
Writers hold RTNL, so mc_list_lock is removed, not replaced by a
spinlock.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Cypher Wu <cypher.w@gmail.com>
Cc: Américo Wang <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ct->proto is big(60 bytes) due to structure ip_ct_tcp, and we don't need
to initialize the whole for all the other protocols. This patch moves
proto to the end of structure nf_conn, and pushes the initialization down
to the individual protocols.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When we test rt->fl.iif against zero, we're seeing if it's
an output or an input route.
Make that explicit with some helper functions.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It seems idev field in struct rtable has no special purpose, but adding
extra atomic ops.
We hold refcounts on the device itself (using percpu data, so pretty
cheap in current kernel).
infiniband case is solved using dst.dev instead of idev->dev
Removal of this field means routing without route cache is now using
shared data, percpu data, and only potential contention is a pair of
atomic ops on struct neighbour per forwarded packet.
About 5% speedup on routing test.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: Roland Dreier <rolandd@cisco.com>
Cc: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Cc: Hal Rosenstock <hal.rosenstock@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It is important to move nud_state outside of the often modified cache
line (because of refcnt), to reduce false sharing in neigh_event_send()
This is a followup of commit 0ed8ddf404 (neigh: Protect neigh->ha[]
with a seqlock)
This gives a 7% speedup on routing test with IP route cache disabled.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Robin Holt tried to boot a 16TB machine and found some limits were
reached : sysctl_tcp_mem[2], sysctl_udp_mem[2]
We can switch infrastructure to use long "instead" of "int", now
atomic_long_t primitives are available for free.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Reviewed-by: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While tracking dev_base_lock users, I found decnet used it in
dnet_select_source(), but for a wrong purpose:
Writers only hold RTNL, not dev_base_lock, so readers must use RCU if
they cannot use RTNL.
Adds an rcu_head in struct dn_ifaddr and handle proper RCU management.
Adds __rcu annotation in dn_route as well.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Presently the b43legacy build fails on an sh randconfig:
In file included from include/net/dst.h:12,
from drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.c:32:
include/net/dst_ops.h:28: error: expected ':', ',', ';', '}' or '__attribute__' before '____cacheline_aligned_in_smp'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_get_fast':
include/net/dst_ops.h:33: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_get_slow':
include/net/dst_ops.h:41: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_add':
include/net/dst_ops.h:49: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_init':
include/net/dst_ops.h:55: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
include/net/dst_ops.h: In function 'dst_entries_destroy':
include/net/dst_ops.h:60: error: 'struct dst_ops' has no member named 'pcpuc_entries'
make[5]: *** [drivers/net/wireless/b43legacy/xmit.o] Error 1
make[5]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
Signed-off-by: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (41 commits)
inet_diag: Make sure we actually run the same bytecode we audited.
netlink: Make nlmsg_find_attr take a const nlmsghdr*.
fib: fib_result_assign() should not change fib refcounts
netfilter: ip6_tables: fix information leak to userspace
cls_cgroup: Fix crash on module unload
memory corruption in X.25 facilities parsing
net dst: fix percpu_counter list corruption and poison overwritten
rds: Remove kfreed tcp conn from list
rds: Lost locking in loop connection freeing
de2104x: fix panic on load
atl1 : fix panic on load
netxen: remove unused firmware exports
caif: Remove noisy printout when disconnecting caif socket
caif: SPI-driver bugfix - incorrect padding.
caif: Bugfix for socket priority, bindtodev and dbg channel.
smsc911x: Set Ethernet EEPROM size to supported device's size
ipv4: netfilter: ip_tables: fix information leak to userland
ipv4: netfilter: arp_tables: fix information leak to userland
cxgb4vf: remove call to stop TX queues at load time.
cxgb4: remove call to stop TX queues at load time.
...
This will let us use it on a nlmsghdr stored inside a netlink_callback.
Signed-off-by: Nelson Elhage <nelhage@ksplice.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Changes:
o Bugfix: SO_PRIORITY for SOL_SOCKET could not be handled
in caif's setsockopt, using the struct sock attribute priority instead.
o Bugfix: SO_BINDTODEVICE for SOL_SOCKET could not be handled
in caif's setsockopt, using the struct sock attribute ifindex instead.
o Wrong assert statement for RFM layer segmentation.
o CAIF Debug channels was not working over SPI, caif_payload_info
containing padding info must be initialized.
o Check on pointer before dereferencing when unregister dev in caif_dev.c
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (34 commits)
b43: Fix warning at drivers/mmc/core/core.c:237 in mmc_wait_for_cmd
mac80211: fix failure to check kmalloc return value in key_key_read
libertas: Fix sd8686 firmware reload
ath9k: Fix incorrect access of rate flags in RC
netfilter: xt_socket: Make tproto signed in socket_mt6_v1().
stmmac: enable/disable rx/tx in the core with a single write.
net: atarilance - flags should be unsigned long
netxen: fix kdump
pktgen: Limit how much data we copy onto the stack.
net: Limit socket I/O iovec total length to INT_MAX.
USB: gadget: fix ethernet gadget crash in gether_setup
fib: Fix fib zone and its hash leak on namespace stop
cxgb3: Fix panic in free_tx_desc()
cxgb3: fix crash due to manipulating queues before registration
8390: Don't oops on starting dev queue
dccp ccid-2: Stop polling
dccp: Refine the wait-for-ccid mechanism
dccp: Extend CCID packet dequeueing interface
dccp: Return-value convention of hc_tx_send_packet()
igbvf: fix panic on load
...
When we stop a namespace we flush the table and free one, but the
added fn_zone-s (and their hashes if grown) are leaked. Need to free.
Tries releases all its stuff in the flushing code.
Shame on us - this bug exists since the very first make-fib-per-net
patches in 2.6.27 :(
Signed-off-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tfsync tag[2] fid[4] datasync[4]
size[4] Rfsync tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
The Tfsync transaction transfers ("flushes") all modified in-core data of
file identified by fid to the disk device (or other permanent storage
device) where that file resides.
If datasync flag is specified data will be fleshed but does not flush
modified metadata unless that metadata is needed in order to allow a
subsequent data retrieval to be correctly handled.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] TReadlink tag[2] fid[4]
size[4] RReadlink tag[2] target[s]
Description
Readlink is used to return the contents of the symoblic link
referred by fid. Contents of symboic link is returned as a
response.
target[s] - Contents of the symbolic link referred by fid.
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] TGetlock tag[2] fid[4] getlock[n]
size[4] RGetlock tag[2] getlock[n]
Description
TGetlock is used to test for the existence of byte range posix locks on a file
identified by given fid. The reply contains getlock structure. If the lock could
be placed it returns F_UNLCK in type field of getlock structure. Otherwise it
returns the details of the conflicting locks in the getlock structure
getlock structure:
type[1] - Type of lock: F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK
start[8] - Starting offset for lock
length[8] - Number of bytes to check for the lock
If length is 0, check for lock in all bytes starting at the location
'start' through to the end of file
pid[4] - PID of the process that wants to take lock/owns the task
in case of reply
client[4] - Client id of the system that owns the process which
has the conflicting lock
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] TLock tag[2] fid[4] flock[n]
size[4] RLock tag[2] status[1]
Description
Tlock is used to acquire/release byte range posix locks on a file
identified by given fid. The reply contains status of the lock request
flock structure:
type[1] - Type of lock: F_RDLCK, F_WRLCK, F_UNLCK
flags[4] - Flags could be either of
P9_LOCK_FLAGS_BLOCK - Blocked lock request, if there is a
conflicting lock exists, wait for that lock to be released.
P9_LOCK_FLAGS_RECLAIM - Reclaim lock request, used when client is
trying to reclaim a lock after a server restrart (due to crash)
start[8] - Starting offset for lock
length[8] - Number of bytes to lock
If length is 0, lock all bytes starting at the location 'start'
through to the end of file
pid[4] - PID of the process that wants to take lock
client_id[4] - Unique client id
status[1] - Status of the lock request, can be
P9_LOCK_SUCCESS(0), P9_LOCK_BLOCKED(1), P9_LOCK_ERROR(2) or
P9_LOCK_GRACE(3)
P9_LOCK_SUCCESS - Request was successful
P9_LOCK_BLOCKED - A conflicting lock is held by another process
P9_LOCK_ERROR - Error while processing the lock request
P9_LOCK_GRACE - Server is in grace period, it can't accept new lock
requests in this period (except locks with
P9_LOCK_FLAGS_RECLAIM flag set)
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tfsync tag[2] fid[4]
size[4] Rfsync tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
The Tfsync transaction transfers ("flushes") all modified in-core data of
file identified by fid to the disk device (or other permanent storage
device) where that file resides.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Arun R Bharadwaj <arun@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Adds __rcu annotations to inetpeer
(struct inet_peer)->avl_left
(struct inet_peer)->avl_right
This is a tedious cleanup, but removes one smp_wmb() from link_to_pool()
since we now use more self documenting rcu_assign_pointer().
Note the use of RCU_INIT_POINTER() instead of rcu_assign_pointer() in
all cases we dont need a memory barrier.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds __rcu annotation to (struct fib_rule)->ctarget
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
(struct ip_tunnel)->prl
(struct ip_tunnel_prl_entry)->next
(struct xfrm_tunnel)->next
struct xfrm_tunnel *tunnel4_handlers
struct xfrm_tunnel *tunnel64_handlers
And use appropriate rcu primitives to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
struct net_protocol *inet_protos
struct net_protocol *inet6_protos
And use appropriate casts to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
(struct dst_entry)->rt_next
(struct rt_hash_bucket)->chain
And use appropriate rcu primitives to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotations to :
(struct ip_ra_chain)->next
struct ip_ra_chain *ip_ra_chain;
And use appropriate rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add __rcu annotation to :
(struct sock)->sk_filter
And use appropriate rcu primitives to reduce sparse warnings if
CONFIG_SPARSE_RCU_POINTER=y
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add __rcu annotation to (struct net)->gen, and use
rcu_dereference_protected() in net_assign_generic()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(struct ip6_tnl)->next is rcu protected :
(struct ip_tunnel)->next is rcu protected :
(struct xfrm6_tunnel)->next is rcu protected :
add __rcu annotation and proper rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
(struct net_device)->garp_port is rcu protected :
(struct garp_port)->applicants is rcu protected :
add __rcu annotation and proper rcu primitives.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1699 commits)
bnx2/bnx2x: Unsupported Ethtool operations should return -EINVAL.
vlan: Calling vlan_hwaccel_do_receive() is always valid.
tproxy: use the interface primary IP address as a default value for --on-ip
tproxy: added IPv6 support to the socket match
cxgb3: function namespace cleanup
tproxy: added IPv6 support to the TPROXY target
tproxy: added IPv6 socket lookup function to nf_tproxy_core
be2net: Changes to use only priority codes allowed by f/w
tproxy: allow non-local binds of IPv6 sockets if IP_TRANSPARENT is enabled
tproxy: added tproxy sockopt interface in the IPV6 layer
tproxy: added udp6_lib_lookup function
tproxy: added const specifiers to udp lookup functions
tproxy: split off ipv6 defragmentation to a separate module
l2tp: small cleanup
nf_nat: restrict ICMP translation for embedded header
can: mcp251x: fix generation of error frames
can: mcp251x: fix endless loop in interrupt handler if CANINTF_MERRF is set
can-raw: add msg_flags to distinguish local traffic
9p: client code cleanup
rds: make local functions/variables static
...
Fix up conflicts in net/core/dev.c, drivers/net/pcmcia/smc91c92_cs.c and
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/debug.c as per David
Just like with IPv4, we need access to the UDP hash table to look up local
sockets, but instead of exporting the global udp_table, export a lookup
function.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Like with IPv4, TProxy needs IPv6 defragmentation but does not
require connection tracking. Since defragmentation was coupled
with conntrack, I split off the two, creating an nf_defrag_ipv6 module,
similar to the already existing nf_defrag_ipv4.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Make p9_client_version static since only used in one file.
Remove p9_client_auth because it is defined but never used.
Compile tested only.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When __inet_inherit_port() is called on a tproxy connection the wrong locks are
held for the inet_bind_bucket it is added to. __inet_inherit_port() made an
implicit assumption that the listener's port number (and thus its bind bucket).
Unfortunately, if you're using the TPROXY target to redirect skbs to a
transparent proxy that assumption is not true anymore and things break.
This patch adds code to __inet_inherit_port() so that it can handle this case
by looking up or creating a new bind bucket for the child socket and updates
callers of __inet_inherit_port() to gracefully handle __inet_inherit_port()
failing.
Reported by and original patch from Stephen Buck <stephen.buck@exinda.com>.
See http://marc.info/?t=128169268200001&r=1&w=2 for the original discussion.
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Also, inline this function as the lookup_type is always a literal
and inlining removes branches performed at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Without tproxy redirections an incoming SYN kicks out conflicting
TIME_WAIT sockets, in order to handle clients that reuse ports
within the TIME_WAIT period.
The same mechanism didn't work in case TProxy is involved in finding
the proper socket, as the time_wait processing code looked up the
listening socket assuming that the listener addr/port matches those
of the established connection.
This is not the case with TProxy as the listener addr/port is possibly
changed with the tproxy rule.
Signed-off-by: Balazs Scheidler <bazsi@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: KOVACS Krisztian <hidden@balabit.hu>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The first parameter dev isn't in use in qdisc_create_dflt().
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The function rtnl_kill_links is defined but never used.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function only defined and used in one file.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As skb->protocol is not valid in LOCAL_OUT add
parameter for address family in packet debugging functions.
Even if ports are not present in AH and ESP change them to
use ip_vs_tcpudp_debug_packet to show at least valid addresses
as before. This patch removes the last user of skb->protocol
in IPVS.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch deals with local real servers:
- Add support for DNAT to local address (different real server port).
It needs ip_vs_out hook in LOCAL_OUT for both families because
skb->protocol is not set for locally generated packets and can not
be used to set 'af'.
- Skip packets in ip_vs_in marked with skb->ipvs_property because
ip_vs_out processing can be executed in LOCAL_OUT but we still
have the conn_out_get check in ip_vs_in.
- Ignore packets with inet->nodefrag from local stack
- Require skb_dst(skb) != NULL because we use it to get struct net
- Add support for changing the route to local IPv4 stack after DNAT
depending on the source address type. Local client sets output
route and the remote client sets input route. It looks like
IPv6 does not need such rerouting because the replies use
addresses from initial incoming header, not from skb route.
- All transmitters now have strict checks for the destination
address type: redirect from non-local address to local real
server requires NAT method, local address can not be used as
source address when talking to remote real server.
- Now LOCALNODE is not set explicitly as forwarding
method in real server to allow the connections to provide
correct forwarding method to the backup server. Not sure if
this breaks tools that expect to see 'Local' real server type.
If needed, this can be supported with new flag IP_VS_DEST_F_LOCAL.
Now it should be possible connections in backup that lost
their fwmark information during sync to be forwarded properly
to their daddr, even if it is local address in the backup server.
By this way backup could be used as real server for DR or TUN,
for NAT there are some restrictions because tuple collisions
in conntracks can create problems for the traffic.
- Call ip_vs_dst_reset when destination is updated in case
some real server IP type is changed between local and remote.
[ horms@verge.net.au: removed trailing whitespace ]
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
This patch is needed to avoid scheduling of
packets from local real server when we add ip_vs_in
in LOCAL_OUT hook to support local client.
Currently, when ip_vs_in can not find existing
connection it tries to create new one by calling ip_vs_schedule.
The default indication from ip_vs_schedule was if
connection was scheduled to real server. If real server is
not available we try to use the bypass forwarding method
or to send ICMP error. But in some cases we do not want to use
the bypass feature. So, add flag 'ignored' to indicate if
the scheduler ignores this packet.
Make sure we do not create new connections from replies.
We can hit this problem for persistent services and local real
server when ip_vs_in is added to LOCAL_OUT hook to handle
local clients.
Also, make sure ip_vs_schedule ignores SYN packets
for Active FTP DATA from local real server. The FTP DATA
connection should be created on SYN+ACK from client to assign
correct connection daddr.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Change skb->ipvs_property semantic. This is preparation
to support ip_vs_out processing in LOCAL_OUT. ipvs_property=1
will be used to avoid expensive lookups for traffic sent by
transmitters. Now when conntrack support is not used we call
ip_vs_notrack method to avoid problems in OUTPUT and
POST_ROUTING hooks instead of exiting POST_ROUTING as before.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Avoid full checksum calculation for apps that can provide
info whether csum was broken after payload mangling. For now only
ip_vs_ftp mangles payload and it updates the csum, so the full
recalculation is avoided for all packets.
Add CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY for snat_handler (TCP and UDP).
It is needed to support SNAT from local address for the case
when csum is fully recalculated.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
IPv6 encapsulation uses a bad source address for the tunnel.
i.e. VIP will be used as local-addr and encap. dst addr.
Decapsulation will not accept this.
Example
LVS (eth1 2003::2:0:1/96, VIP 2003::2:0:100)
(eth0 2003::1:0:1/96)
RS (ethX 2003::1:0:5/96)
tcpdump
2003::2:0:100 > 2003::1:0:5: IP6 (hlim 63, next-header TCP (6) payload length: 40) 2003::3:0:10.50991 > 2003::2:0:100.http: Flags [S], cksum 0x7312 (correct), seq 3006460279, win 5760, options [mss 1440,sackOK,TS val 1904932 ecr 0,nop,wscale 3], length 0
In Linux IPv6 impl. you can't have a tunnel with an any cast address
receiving packets (I have not tried to interpret RFC 2473)
To have receive capabilities the tunnel must have:
- Local address set as multicast addr or an unicast addr
- Remote address set as an unicast addr.
- Loop back addres or Link local address are not allowed.
This causes us to setup a tunnel in the Real Server with the
LVS as the remote address, here you can't use the VIP address since it's
used inside the tunnel.
Solution
Use outgoing interface IPv6 address (match against the destination).
i.e. use ip6_route_output() to look up the route cache and
then use ipv6_dev_get_saddr(...) to set the source address of the
encapsulated packet.
Additionally, cache the results in new destination
fields: dst_cookie and dst_saddr and properly check the
returned dst from ip6_route_output. We now add xfrm_lookup
call only for the tunneling method where the source address
is a local one.
Signed-off-by:Hans Schillstrom <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This patch allows to listen to events that inform about
expectations destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
In a network bench, I noticed an unfortunate false sharing between
'loopback_dev' and 'count' fields in "struct net".
'count' is written each time a socket is created or destroyed, while
loopback_dev might be often read in routing code.
Move loopback_dev in a read mostly section of "struct net"
Note: struct netns_xfrm is cache line aligned on SMP.
(It contains a "struct dst_ops")
Move it at the end to avoid holes, and reduce sizeof(struct net) by 128
bytes on ia32.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Do some cleanups of TIPC based on make namespacecheck
1. Don't export unused symbols
2. Eliminate dead code
3. Make functions and variables local
4. Rename buf_acquire to tipc_buf_acquire since it is used in several files
Compile tested only.
This make break out of tree kernel modules that depend on TIPC routines.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Jon Maloy <jon.maloy@ericsson.com>
Acked-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Based on suggestion by Rémi Denis-Courmont to implement 'connect'
for Pipe controller logic, this patch implements 'connect' socket
call for the Pipe controller logic.
The patch does following:-
- Removes setsockopts for PNPIPE_CREATE and PNPIPE_DESTROY
- Adds setsockopt for setting the Pipe handle value
- Implements connect socket call
- Updates the Pipe controller logic
User-space should now follow below sequence with Pipe controller:-
-socket
-bind
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_PIPE_HANDLE
-connect
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_ENCAP_IP
-setsockopt for PNPIPE_ENABLE
GPRS/3G data has been tested working fine with this.
Signed-off-by: Kumar Sanghvi <kumar.sanghvi@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using the frame registration notification, we
can see when probe requests are requested and
notify the low-level driver via filtering. The
flag is also set in AP and IBSS modes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers may need to adjust their filters according
to frame registrations, so notify them about them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This commit adds a bt_sock_stream_recvmsg() function for use by any
Bluetooth code that uses SOCK_STREAM sockets. This code is copied
from rfcomm_sock_recvmsg() with minimal modifications to remove
RFCOMM-specific functionality and improve readability.
L2CAP (with the SOCK_STREAM socket type) and RFCOMM have common needs
when it comes to reading data. Proper stream read semantics require
that applications can read from a stream one byte at a time and not
lose any data. The RFCOMM code already operated on and pulled data
from the underlying L2CAP socket, so very few changes were required to
make the code more generic for use with non-RFCOMM data over L2CAP.
Applications that need more awareness of L2CAP frame boundaries are
still free to use SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets, and may verify that they
connection did not fall back to basic mode by calling getsockopt().
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
HCI transport drivers may not know what type of radio an AMP device has
so only say whether they're BR/EDR or AMP devices.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@csr.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Le mardi 12 octobre 2010 à 00:02 +0200, Eric Dumazet a écrit :
> Here is the followup patch.
>
> Thanks !
>
Oops, this was an old version, the up2date ones also took care of "used"
field.
I guess its time for a sleep, sorry again.
[PATCH net-next V2] neigh: reorder struct neighbour fields
(refcnt) and (ha_lock, ha, used, dev, output, ops, primary_key) should
be placed on a separate cache lines.
refcnt can be often written, while other fields are mostly read.
This gave me good result on stress test :
before:
real 0m45.570s
user 0m15.525s
sys 9m56.669s
After:
real 0m41.841s
user 0m15.261s
sys 8m45.949s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct dst_ops tracks number of allocated dst in an atomic_t field,
subject to high cache line contention in stress workload.
Switch to a percpu_counter, to reduce number of time we need to dirty a
central location. Place it on a separate cache line to avoid dirtying
read only fields.
Stress test :
(Sending 160.000.000 UDP frames,
IP route cache disabled, dual E5540 @2.53GHz,
32bit kernel, FIB_TRIE, SLUB/NUMA)
Before:
real 0m51.179s
user 0m15.329s
sys 10m15.942s
After:
real 0m45.570s
user 0m15.525s
sys 9m56.669s
With a small reordering of struct neighbour fields, subject of a
following patch, (to separate refcnt from other read mostly fields)
real 0m41.841s
user 0m15.261s
sys 8m45.949s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a seqlock in struct neighbour to protect neigh->ha[], and avoid
dirtying neighbour in stress situation (many different flows / dsts)
Dirtying takes place because of read_lock(&n->lock) and n->used writes.
Switching to a seqlock, and writing n->used only on jiffies changes
permits less dirtying.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Using these, user space can calculate a relative channel utilization
with arbitrary intervals by regularly taking snapshots of the survey
results.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some stats for /proc/net/wireless (and wext in general) are not
being set. This patch addresses a few of those with values easily
obtained from mac80211 core.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no need for the WDS peer address
to not be const, so make it const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is the second step for neighbour RCU conversion.
(first was commit d6bf7817 : RCU conversion of neigh hash table)
neigh_lookup() becomes lockless, but still take a reference on found
neighbour. (no more read_lock()/read_unlock() on tbl->lock)
struct neighbour gets an additional rcu_head field and is freed after an
RCU grace period.
Future work would need to eventually not take a reference on neighbour
for temporary dst (DST_NOCACHE), but this would need dst->_neighbour to
use a noref bit like we did for skb->_dst.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This information is already available in mac80211, we just need to export it
via cfg80211 and nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds API to allow adding per-station GTKs,
updates mac80211 to support it, and also allows
drivers to remove a key from hwaccel again when
this may be necessary due to multiple GTKs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
David
This is the first step for RCU conversion of neigh code.
Next patches will convert hash_buckets[] and "struct neighbour" to RCU
protected objects.
Thanks
[PATCH net-next] net neigh: RCU conversion of neigh hash table
Instead of storing hash_buckets, hash_mask and hash_rnd in "struct
neigh_table", a new structure is defined :
struct neigh_hash_table {
struct neighbour **hash_buckets;
unsigned int hash_mask;
__u32 hash_rnd;
struct rcu_head rcu;
};
And "struct neigh_table" has an RCU protected pointer to such a
neigh_hash_table.
This means the signature of (*hash)() function changed: We need to add a
third parameter with the actual hash_rnd value, since this is not
anymore a neigh_table field.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Each family may have some amount of boilerplate
locking code that applies to most, or even all,
commands.
This allows a family to handle such things in
a more generic way, by allowing it to
a) include private flags in each operation
b) specify a pre_doit hook that is called,
before an operation's doit() callback and
may return an error directly,
c) specify a post_doit hook that can undo
locking or similar things done by pre_doit,
and finally
d) include two private pointers in each info
struct passed between all these operations
including doit(). (It's two because I'll
need two in nl80211 -- can be extended.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some drivers cannot handle multiple retry rates specified by the rc
algorithm but instead use their own retry table (for example rt2800).
However, if such a device registers itself with a max_rates value of 1
the rc algorithm cannot make use of the extended information the device
can provide about retried rates. On the other hand, if a device
registers itself with a max_rates value > 1 the rc algorithm assumes
that the device can handle multi rate retries.
Fix this issue by introducing another hw parameter max_report_rates that
can be set to a different value then max_rates to indicate if a device
is capable of reporting more rates then specified in max_rates.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The net/cfg80211.h header file isn't exported to
userspace, so there's no need for any kind of
__KERNEL__ protection in it. If it was exported,
everything else in it would need protection as
well, not just the logging stuff ...
Cc:Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some user space applications only want to display survey data for
the operating channel, however there is no API to get that yet.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Another exported symbol only used in one file
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
fib_rules_cleanup_ups is only defined and used in one place.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Forgot to add xt_log.h in commit a8defca0 (netfilter: ipt_LOG:
add bufferisation to call printk() once)
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The functions nf_nat_proto_find_get and nf_nat_proto_put are
only used internally in nf_nat_core. This might break some out
of tree NAT module.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Allow the persistence engine of a virtual service to be set, edited
and unset.
This feature only works with the netlink user-space interface.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
This shouldn't break compatibility with userspace as the new data
is at the end of the line.
I have confirmed that this doesn't break ipvsadm, the main (only?)
user-space user of this data.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
While doing stress tests with IP route cache disabled, and multi queue
devices, I noticed a very high contention on one rwlock used in
neighbour code.
When many cpus are trying to send frames (possibly using a high
performance multiqueue device) to the same neighbour, they fight for the
neigh->lock rwlock in order to call neigh_hh_init(), and fight on
hh->hh_refcnt (a pair of atomic_inc/atomic_dec_and_test())
But we dont need to call neigh_hh_init() for dst that are used only
once. It costs four atomic operations at least, on two contended cache
lines, plus the high contention on neigh->lock rwlock.
Introduce a new dst flag, DST_NOCACHE, that is set when dst was not
inserted in route cache.
With the stress test bench, sending 160000000 frames on one neighbour,
results are :
Before patch:
real 2m28.406s
user 0m11.781s
sys 36m17.964s
After patch:
real 1m26.532s
user 0m12.185s
sys 20m3.903s
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On 64bit arches, there are two 32bit holes that we can remove.
sizeof(struct neighbour) shrinks from 0xf8 to 0xf0 bytes
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The Enhanced Retransmission Mode(ERTM) is a realiable mode of operation
of the Bluetooth L2CAP layer. Think on it like a simplified version of
TCP.
The problem we were facing here was a deadlock. ERTM uses a backlog
queue to queue incomimg packets while the user is helding the lock. At
some moment the sk_sndbuf can be exceeded and we can't alloc new skbs
then the code sleep with the lock to wait for memory, that stalls the
ERTM connection once we can't read the acknowledgements packets in the
backlog queue to free memory and make the allocation of outcoming skb
successful.
This patch actually affect all users of bt_skb_send_alloc(), i.e., all
L2CAP modes and SCO.
We are safe against socket states changes or channels deletion while the
we are sleeping wait memory. Checking for the sk->sk_err and
sk->sk_shutdown make the code safe, since any action that can leave the
socket or the channel in a not usable state set one of the struct
members at least. Then we can check both of them when getting the lock
again and return with the proper error if something unexpected happens.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Ulisses Furquim <ulisses@profusion.mobi>
This patch allows a host to be configured to respond to any address in
a specified range as if it were local, without actually needing to
configure the address on an interface. This is done through routing
table configuration. For instance, to configure a host to respond
to any address in 10.1/16 received on eth0 as a local address we can do:
ip rule add from all iif eth0 lookup 200
ip route add local 10.1/16 dev lo proto kernel scope host src 127.0.0.1 table 200
This host is now reachable by any 10.1/16 address (route lookup on
input for packets received on eth0 can find the route). On output, the
rule will not be matched so that this host can still send packets to
10.1/16 (not sent on loopback). Presumably, external routing can be
configured to make sense out of this.
To make this work, we needed to modify the logic in finding the
interface which is assigned a given source address for output
(dev_ip_find). We perform a normal fib_lookup instead of just a
lookup on the local table, and in the lookup we ignore the input
interface for matching.
This patch is useful to implement IP-anycast for subnets of virtual
addresses.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the basic infrastructure to support user-space
expectation helpers via ctnetlink and the netfilter queuing
infrastructure NFQUEUE. Basically, this patch:
* adds NF_CT_EXPECT_USERSPACE flag to identify user-space
created expectations. I have also added a sanity check in
__nf_ct_expect_check() to avoid that kernel-space helpers
may create an expectation if the master conntrack has no
helper assigned.
* adds some branches to check if the master conntrack helper
exists, otherwise we skip the code that refers to kernel-space
helper such as the local expectation list and the expectation
policy.
* allows to set the timeout for user-space expectations with
no helper assigned.
* a list of expectations created from user-space that depends
on ctnetlink (if this module is removed, they are deleted).
* includes USERSPACE in the /proc output for expectations
that have been created by a user-space helper.
This patch also modifies ctnetlink to skip including the helper
name in the Netlink messages if no kernel-space helper is set
(since no user-space expectation has not kernel-space kernel
assigned).
You can access an example user-space FTP conntrack helper at:
http://people.netfilter.org/pablo/userspace-conntrack-helpers/nf-ftp-helper-userspace-POC.tar.bz
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Tunnels are going to use percpu for their accounting.
They are going to use a new tstats field in net_device.
skb_tunnel_rx() is changed to be a wrapper around __skb_tunnel_rx()
IPTUNNEL_XMIT() is changed to be a wrapper around __IPTUNNEL_XMIT()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Phonet stack assumes the presence of Pipe Controller, either in Modem or
on Application Processing Engine user-space for the Pipe data.
Nokia Slim Modems like WG2.5 used in ST-Ericsson U8500 platform do not
implement Pipe controller in them.
This patch adds Pipe Controller implemenation to Phonet stack to support
Pipe data over Phonet stack for Nokia Slim Modems.
Signed-off-by: Kumar Sanghvi <kumar.sanghvi@stericsson.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 8c0c709eea
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Wed Nov 25 17:46:15 2009 +0100
mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags
moved the CMNTR flag into the skb RX flags for
some aggregation cleanups, but this was wrong
since the optimisation this flag tried to make
requires that it is kept across the processing
of multiple interfaces -- which isn't true for
flags in the skb. The patch not only broke the
optimisation, it also introduced a bug: under
some (common!) circumstances the flag will be
set on an already freed skb!
However, investigating this in more detail, I
found that most of the flags that we set should
be per packet, _except_ for this one, due to
a-MPDU processing. Additionally, the flags used
for processing (currently just this one) need
to be reset before processing a new packet.
Since we haven't actually seen bugs reported as
a result of the wrong flags handling (which is
not too surprising -- the only real bug case I
can come up with is an a-MSDU contained in an
a-MPDU), I'll make a different fix for rc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The old ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw method didn't properly
find VIFS when there was more than one per AP. This caused
AMPDU logic in ath9k to get the wrong VIF when trying to
account for transmitted SKBs.
This patch changes ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw to take a
localaddr argument to distinguish between VIFs with the
same AP but different local addresses. The method name
is changed to ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Clean up a missing exit path in the ipv6 module init routines. In
addrconf_init we call ipv6_addr_label_init which calls register_pernet_subsys
for the ipv6_addr_label_ops structure. But if module loading fails, or if the
ipv6 module is removed, there is no corresponding unregister_pernet_subsys call,
which leaves a now-bogus address on the pernet_list, leading to oopses in
subsequent registrations. This patch cleans up both the failed load path and
the unload path. Tested by myself with good results.
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
include/net/addrconf.h | 1 +
net/ipv6/addrconf.c | 11 ++++++++---
net/ipv6/addrlabel.c | 5 +++++
3 files changed, 14 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
SOCK_MIN_RCVBUF current value is 256 bytes
It doesnt permit to receive the smallest possible frame, considering
socket sk_rmem_alloc/sk_rcvbuf account skb truesizes. On 64bit arches,
sizeof(struct sk_buff) is 240 bytes. Add the typical 64 bytes of
headroom, and we go over the limit.
With old kernels and 32bit arches, we were under the limit, if netdriver
was doing copybreak.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reset queue mapping when an skb is reentering the stack via a tunnel.
On second pass, the queue mapping from the original device is no
longer valid.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes stale mac80211_tx_control_flags for
filtered / retried frames.
Because ieee80211_handle_filtered_frame feeds skbs back
into the tx path, they have to be stripped of some tx
flags so they won't confuse the stack, driver or device.
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Change "return (EXPR);" to "return EXPR;"
return is not a function, parentheses are not required.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch, you can specify the expectation flags for user-space
created expectations.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
- Use rcu_dereference_rtnl() in __in6_dev_get
- kerneldoc for __in6_dev_get() and in6_dev_get()
- Use inline functions instead of macros
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add new sysctl flag "snat_reroute". Recent kernels use
ip_route_me_harder() to route LVS-NAT responses properly by
VIP when there are multiple paths to client. But setups
that do not have alternative default routes can skip this
routing lookup by using snat_reroute=0.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Add more code to IPVS to work with Netfilter connection
tracking and fix some problems.
- Allow IPVS to be compiled without connection tracking as in
2.6.35 and before. This can avoid keeping conntracks for all
IPVS connections because this costs memory. ip_vs_ftp still
depends on connection tracking and NAT as implemented for 2.6.36.
- Add sysctl var "conntrack" to enable connection tracking for
all IPVS connections. For loaded IPVS directors it needs
tuning of nf_conntrack_max limit.
- Add IP_VS_CONN_F_NFCT connection flag to request the connection
to use connection tracking. This allows user space to provide this
flag, for example, in dest->conn_flags. This can be useful to
request connection tracking per real server instead of forcing it
for all connections with the "conntrack" sysctl. This flag is
set currently only by ip_vs_ftp and of course by "conntrack" sysctl.
- Add ip_vs_nfct.c file to hold all connection tracking code,
by this way main code should not depend of netfilter conntrack
support.
- Return back the ip_vs_post_routing handler as in 2.6.35 and use
skb->ipvs_property=1 to allow IPVS to work without connection
tracking
Connection tracking:
- most of the code is already in 2.6.36-rc
- alter conntrack reply tuple for LVS-NAT connections when first packet
from client is forwarded and conntrack state is NEW or RELATED.
Additionally, alter reply for RELATED connections from real server,
again for packet in original direction.
- add IP_VS_XMIT_TUNNEL to confirm conntrack (without altering
reply) for LVS-TUN early because we want to call nf_reset. It is
needed because we add IPIP header and the original conntrack
should be preserved, not destroyed. The transmitted IPIP packets
can reuse same conntrack, so we do not set skb->ipvs_property.
- try to destroy conntrack when the IPVS connection is destroyed.
It is not fatal if conntrack disappears before that, it depends
on the used timers.
Fix problems from long time:
- add skb->ip_summed = CHECKSUM_NONE for the LVS-TUN transmitters
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The family parameter xfrm_state_find is used to find a state matching a
certain policy. This value is set to the template's family
(encap_family) right before xfrm_state_find is called.
The family parameter is however also used to construct a temporary state
in xfrm_state_find itself which is wrong for inter-family scenarios
because it produces a selector for the wrong family. Since this selector
is included in the xfrm_user_acquire structure, user space programs
misinterpret IPv6 addresses as IPv4 and vice versa.
This patch splits up the original init_tempsel function into a part that
initializes the selector respectively the props and id of the temporary
state, to allow for differing ip address families whithin the state.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Egerer <thomas.egerer@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- the sync protocol supports 16 bits only, so bits 0..15 should be
used only for flags that should go to backup server, bits 16 and
above should be allocated for flags not sent to backup.
- use IP_VS_CONN_F_DEST_MASK as mask of connection flags in
destination that can be changed by user space
- allow IP_VS_CONN_F_ONE_PACKET to be set in destination
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
When a driver advertises p2p device support,
mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will
rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than
P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need
to be touched that are otherwise identical. A
p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given
interface will be used for p2p or not.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The output becomes:
[ 41.261941] ieee80211 phy0: Selected rate control algorithm 'minstrel_ht'
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When both destination device and object are nul, Phonet routes the
packet according to the resource field. In fact, this is the most
common pattern when sending Phonet "request" packets. In this case,
the packet is delivered to whichever endpoint (socket) has
registered the resource.
This adds a new table so that Linux processes can register their
Phonet sockets to Phonet resources, if they have adequate privileges.
(Namespace support is not implemented at the moment.)
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Closing a pipe endpoint is not normally allowed by the Phonet pipe,
other than as a side after-effect of removing the pipe between two
endpoints. But there is no way to prevent Linux userspace processes
from being killed or suffering from bugs, so this can still happen.
We might as well forcefully close Phonet pipe endpoints then.
The cellular modem supports only a few existing pipes at a time. So we
really should not leak them. This change instructs the modem to destroy
the pipe if either of the pipe's endpoint (Linux socket) is closed too
early.
Signed-off-by: Rémi Denis-Courmont <remi.denis-courmont@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If peer uses tiny MSS (say, 75 bytes) and similarly tiny advertised
window, the SWS logic will packetize to half the MSS unnecessarily.
This causes problems with some embedded devices.
However for large MSS devices we do want to half-MSS packetize
otherwise we never get enough packets into the pipe for things
like fast retransmit and recovery to work.
Be careful also to handle the case where MSS > window, otherwise
we'll never send until the probe timer.
Reported-by: ツ Leandro Melo de Sales <leandroal@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 30fff923 introduced in linux-2.6.33 (udp: bind() optimisation)
added a secondary hash on UDP, hashed on (local addr, local port).
Problem is that following sequence :
fd = socket(...)
connect(fd, &remote, ...)
not only selects remote end point (address and port), but also sets
local address, while UDP stack stored in secondary hash table the socket
while its local address was INADDR_ANY (or ipv6 equivalent)
Sequence is :
- autobind() : choose a random local port, insert socket in hash tables
[while local address is INADDR_ANY]
- connect() : set remote address and port, change local address to IP
given by a route lookup.
When an incoming UDP frame comes, if more than 10 sockets are found in
primary hash table, we switch to secondary table, and fail to find
socket because its local address changed.
One solution to this problem is to rehash datagram socket if needed.
We add a new rehash(struct socket *) method in "struct proto", and
implement this method for UDP v4 & v6, using a common helper.
This rehashing only takes care of secondary hash table, since primary
hash (based on local port only) is not changed.
Reported-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki <ole@ans.pl>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
- Do not create expectation when forwarding the PORT
command to avoid blocking the connection. The problem is that
nf_conntrack_ftp.c:help() tries to create the same expectation later in
POST_ROUTING and drops the packet with "dropping packet" message after
failure in nf_ct_expect_related.
- Change ip_vs_update_conntrack to alter the conntrack
for related connections from real server. If we do not alter the reply in
this direction the next packet from client sent to vport 20 comes as NEW
connection. We alter it but may be some collision happens for both
conntracks and the second conntrack gets destroyed immediately. The
connection stucks too.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Dave reported an rcu lockdep warning on 2.6.35.4 kernel
task->cgroups and task->cgroups->subsys[i] are protected by RCU.
So we avoid accessing invalid pointers here. This might happen,
for example, when you are deref-ing those pointers while someone
move @task from one cgroup to another.
Reported-by: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Zefan <lizf@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This updates the use of larger initial windows, as originally specified in
RFC 3390, to use the newer IW values specified in RFC 5681, section 3.1.
The changes made in RFC 5681 are:
a) the setting now is more clearly specified in units of segments (as the
comments by John Heffner emphasized, this was not very clear in RFC 3390);
b) for connections with 1095 < SMSS <= 2190 there is now a change:
- RFC 3390 says that IW <= 4380,
- RFC 5681 says that IW = 3 * SMSS <= 6570.
Since RFC 3390 is older and "only" proposed standard, whereas the newer RFC 5681
is already draft standard, it seems preferable to use the newer IW variant.
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch consolidates initial-window code common to TCP and CCID-2:
* TCP uses RFC 3390 in a packet-oriented manner (tcp_input.c) and
* CCID-2 uses RFC 3390 in packet-oriented manner (RFC 4341).
Signed-off-by: Gerrit Renker <gerrit@erg.abdn.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch provides a "user timeout" support as described in RFC793. The
socket option is also needed for the the local half of RFC5482 "TCP User
Timeout Option".
TCP_USER_TIMEOUT is a TCP level socket option that takes an unsigned int,
when > 0, to specify the maximum amount of time in ms that transmitted
data may remain unacknowledged before TCP will forcefully close the
corresponding connection and return ETIMEDOUT to the application. If
0 is given, TCP will continue to use the system default.
Increasing the user timeouts allows a TCP connection to survive extended
periods without end-to-end connectivity. Decreasing the user timeouts
allows applications to "fail fast" if so desired. Otherwise it may take
upto 20 minutes with the current system defaults in a normal WAN
environment.
The socket option can be made during any state of a TCP connection, but
is only effective during the synchronized states of a connection
(ESTABLISHED, FIN-WAIT-1, FIN-WAIT-2, CLOSE-WAIT, CLOSING, or LAST-ACK).
Moreover, when used with the TCP keepalive (SO_KEEPALIVE) option,
TCP_USER_TIMEOUT will overtake keepalive to determine when to close a
connection due to keepalive failure.
The option does not change in anyway when TCP retransmits a packet, nor
when a keepalive probe will be sent.
This option, like many others, will be inherited by an acceptor from its
listener.
Signed-off-by: H.K. Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add support to mac80211 for changing the interface
type even when the interface is UP, if the driver
supports it.
To achieve this
* add a new driver callback for switching,
* split some of the interface up/down code out
into new functions (do_open/do_stop), and
* maintain an own __SDATA_RUNNING bit that will
not be set during interface type, so that any
other code doesn't use the interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some vendor specified mechanisms for 802.1X-style
functionality use a different protocol than EAP
(even if EAP is vendor-extensible). Allow setting
the ethertype for the protocol when a driver has
support for this. The default if unspecified is
EAP, of course.
Note: This is suitable only for station mode, not
for AP implementation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The ieee80211_scan_completed() function was a frequent
source of potential deadlocks, since it is called by
drivers but may call back into drivers, so drivers had
to make sure to call it without any locks held, which
frequently lead to more complex code in drivers. Avoid
that problem by allowing the function to be called in
any context, and queueing the actual work it does.
Also update the documentation for it to indicate this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Change SCTP_DEBUG_PRINTK and SCTP_DEBUG_PRINTK_IPADDR to
use do { print } while (0) guards.
Add SCTP_DEBUG_PRINTK_CONT to fix errors in log when
lines were continued.
Add #define pr_fmt(fmt) KBUILD_MODNAME ": " fmt
Add a missing newline in "Failed bind hash alloc"
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix spelling and readability of a few lines of kernel doc:
s/issueing/issuing/g
s/approriate/appropriate/g
s/supported by simply/supported simply by/
s/IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTERING/IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_FILTER/g
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As reported by Anton Blanchard when we use
percpu_counter_read_positive() to make our orphan socket limit checks,
the check can be off by up to num_cpus_online() * batch (which is 32
by default) which on a 128 cpu machine can be as large as the default
orphan limit itself.
Fix this by doing the full expensive sum check if the optimized check
triggers.
Reported-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Add some documentation for cfg80211. I'm hoping some of
the regulatory documentation will be filled by somebody
more familiar with it, hint hint! :)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix a small problem in the documentation for
ieee80211_request_smps, and a now erroneous
inclusion of enum ieee80211_key_alg, which no
longer exists after the change to ciphers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to register for more than just
action frames by giving the frame subtype, and
make it possible to use this in various modes
as well.
With some tweaks and some added functionality
this will, in the future, also be usable in AP
mode and be able to replace the cooked monitor
interface currently used in that case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function analyses only its single, value-passed
argument, and has no side effects. Thus it can be
const, which makes mac80211 smaller, for example:
text data bss dec hex filename
362518 16720 884 380122 5ccda mac80211.ko (before)
362358 16720 884 379962 5cc3a mac80211.ko (after)
a 160 byte saving in text size, and an optimisation
because the function won't be called as often.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
struct net_device has its own struct net_device_stats member, so use
this one instead of a private copy in the irlan_cb struct.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
PPP: introduce "pptp" module which implements point-to-point tunneling protocol using pppox framework
NET: introduce the "gre" module for demultiplexing GRE packets on version criteria
(required to pptp and ip_gre may coexists)
NET: ip_gre: update to use the "gre" module
This patch introduces then pptp support to the linux kernel which
dramatically speeds up pptp vpn connections and decreases cpu usage in
comparison of existing user-space implementation
(poptop/pptpclient). There is accel-pptp project
(https://sourceforge.net/projects/accel-pptp/) to utilize this module,
it contains plugin for pppd to use pptp in client-mode and modified
pptpd (poptop) to build high-performance pptp NAS.
There was many changes from initial submitted patch, most important are:
1. using rcu instead of read-write locks
2. using static bitmap instead of dynamically allocated
3. using vmalloc for memory allocation instead of BITS_PER_LONG + __get_free_pages
4. fixed many coding style issues
Thanks to Eric Dumazet.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Kozlov <xeb@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
net/sched: add ACT_CSUM action to update packets checksums
ACT_CSUM can be called just after ACT_PEDIT in order to re-compute some
altered checksums in IPv4 and IPv6 packets. The following checksums are
supported by this patch:
- IPv4: IPv4 header, ICMP, IGMP, TCP, UDP & UDPLite
- IPv6: ICMPv6, TCP, UDP & UDPLite
It's possible to request in the same action to update different kind of
checksums, if the packets flow mix TCP, UDP and UDPLite, ...
An example of usage is done in the associated iproute2 patch.
Version 3 changes:
- remove useless goto instructions
- improve IPv6 hop options decoding
Version 2 changes:
- coding style correction
- remove useless arguments of some functions
- use stack in tcf_csum_dump()
- add tcf_csum_skb_nextlayer() to factor code
Signed-off-by: Gregoire Baron <baronchon@n7mm.org>
Acked-by: jamal <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The task_cls_classid() function applies rcu_dereference() to integers,
which does not work with the shiny new sparse-based checking in
rcu_dereference(). This commit therefore moves to the new RCU API
rcu_dereference_index_check().
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Acked-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
This patch removes the abstraction introduced by the union skb_shared_tx in
the shared skb data.
The access of the different union elements at several places led to some
confusion about accessing the shared tx_flags e.g. in skb_orphan_try().
http://marc.info/?l=linux-netdev&m=128084897415886&w=2
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, mac80211 translates the cfg80211
cipher suite selectors into ALG_* values.
That isn't all too useful, and some drivers
benefit from the distinction between WEP40
and WEP104 as well. Therefore, convert it
all to use the cipher suite selectors.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sometimes drivers have more information than the
stack about how their antennas/chains are used,
and may require that the SM PS mode be changed.
This could happen, for example, when detecting
that the user disconnected an antenna. Thus this
patch introduces API to allow drivers to request
SM PS mode changes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sometimes we don't just need to know whether or
not the device is idle, but also per interface.
This adds that reporting capability to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch implement basic infrastructure to support use of NAPI by
mac80211-based hardware drivers.
Because mac80211 devices can support multiple netdevs, a dummy netdev
is used for interfacing with the NAPI code in the core of the network
stack. That structure is hidden from the hardware drivers, but the
actual napi_struct is exposed in the ieee80211_hw structure so that the
poll routines in drivers can retrieve that structure. Hardware drivers
can also specify their own weight value for NAPI polling.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The previous value of 672 for L2CAP_DEFAULT_MAX_PDU_SIZE is based on
the default L2CAP MTU. That default MTU is calculated from the size
of two DH5 packets, minus ACL and L2CAP b-frame header overhead.
ERTM is used with newer basebands that typically support larger 3-DH5
packets, and i-frames and s-frames have more header overhead. With
clean RF conditions, basebands will typically attempt to use 1021-byte
3-DH5 packets for maximum throughput. Adjusting for 2 bytes of ACL
headers plus 10 bytes of worst-case L2CAP headers yields 1009 bytes
of payload.
This PDU size imposes less overhead for header bytes and gives the
baseband the option to choose 3-DH5 packets, but is small enough for
ERTM traffic to interleave well with other L2CAP or SCO data.
672-byte payloads do not allow the most efficient over-the-air
packet choice, and cannot achieve maximum throughput over BR/EDR.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The L2CAP specification requires that the ERTM retransmit timeout be at
least 2 seconds for BR/EDR connections.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Add missing kernel-doc notation to struct sock:
Warning(include/net/sock.h:324): No description found for parameter 'sk_peer_pid'
Warning(include/net/sock.h:324): No description found for parameter 'sk_peer_cred'
Warning(include/net/sock.h:324): No description found for parameter 'sk_classid'
Warning(include/net/sock.h:324): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'sk_peercred' description in 'sock'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1443 commits)
phy/marvell: add 88ec048 support
igb: Program MDICNFG register prior to PHY init
e1000e: correct MAC-PHY interconnect register offset for 82579
hso: Add new product ID
can: Add driver for esd CAN-USB/2 device
l2tp: fix export of header file for userspace
can-raw: Fix skb_orphan_try handling
Revert "net: remove zap_completion_queue"
net: cleanup inclusion
phy/marvell: add 88e1121 interface mode support
u32: negative offset fix
net: Fix a typo from "dev" to "ndev"
igb: Use irq_synchronize per vector when using MSI-X
ixgbevf: fix null pointer dereference due to filter being set for VLAN 0
e1000e: Fix irq_synchronize in MSI-X case
e1000e: register pm_qos request on hardware activation
ip_fragment: fix subtracting PPPOE_SES_HLEN from mtu twice
net: Add getsockopt support for TCP thin-streams
cxgb4: update driver version
cxgb4: add new PCI IDs
...
Manually fix up conflicts in:
- drivers/net/e1000e/netdev.c: due to pm_qos registration
infrastructure changes
- drivers/net/phy/marvell.c: conflict between adding 88ec048 support
and cleaning up the IDs
- drivers/net/wireless/ipw2x00/ipw2100.c: trivial ipw2100_pm_qos_req
conflict (registration change vs marking it static)
TXATTRCREATE: Prepare a fid for setting xattr value on a file system object.
size[4] TXATTRCREATE tag[2] fid[4] name[s] attr_size[8] flags[4]
size[4] RXATTRCREATE tag[2]
txattrcreate gets a fid pointing to xattr. This fid can later be
used to set the xattr value.
flag value is derived from set Linux setxattr. The manpage says
"The flags parameter can be used to refine the semantics of the operation.
XATTR_CREATE specifies a pure create, which fails if the named attribute
exists already. XATTR_REPLACE specifies a pure replace operation, which
fails if the named attribute does not already exist. By default (no flags),
the extended attribute will be created if need be, or will simply replace
the value if the attribute exists."
The actual setxattr operation happens when the fid is clunked. At that point
the written byte count and the attr_size specified in TXATTRCREATE should be
same otherwise an error will be returned.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
TXATTRWALK: Descend a ATTR namespace
size[4] TXATTRWALK tag[2] fid[4] newfid[4] name[s]
size[4] RXATTRWALK tag[2] size[8]
txattrwalk gets a fid pointing to xattr. This fid can later be
used to read the xattr value. If name is NULL the fid returned
can be used to get the list of extended attribute associated to
the file system object.
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Implement 9p2000.L version of open(LOPEN) interface in 9p client.
For LOPEN, no need to convert the flags to and from 9p mode to VFS mode.
Synopsis:
size[4] Tlopen tag[2] fid[4] mode[4]
size[4] Rlopen tag[2] qid[13] iounit[4]
[Fix mode bit format - jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com]
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbegren <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tlcreate tag[2] fid[4] name[s] flags[4] mode[4] gid[4]
size[4] Rlcreate tag[2] qid[13] iounit[4]
DESCRIPTION
The Tlreate request asks the file server to create a new regular file with the
name supplied, in the directory (dir) represented by fid.
The mode argument specifies the permissions to use. New file is created with
the uid if the fid and with supplied gid.
The flags argument represent Linux access mode flags with which the caller
is requesting to open the file with. Protocol allows all the Linux access
modes but it is upto the server to allow/disallow any of these acess modes.
If the server doesn't support any of the access mode, it is expected to
return error.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Implement TMKDIR as part of 2000.L Work
Synopsis
size[4] Tmkdir tag[2] fid[4] name[s] mode[4] gid[4]
size[4] Rmkdir tag[2] qid[13]
Description
mkdir asks the file server to create a directory with given name,
mode and gid. The qid for the new directory is returned with
the mkdir reply message.
Note: 72 is selected as the opcode for TMKDIR from the reserved list.
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Synopsis
size[4] Tmknod tag[2] fid[4] name[s] mode[4] major[4] minor[4] gid[4]
size[4] Rmknod tag[2] qid[13]
Description
mknod asks the file server to create a device node with given major and
minor number, mode and gid. The qid for the new device node is returned
with the mknod reply message.
[sripathik@in.ibm.com: Fix error handling code]
Signed-off-by: M. Mohan Kumar <mohan@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
Create a symbolic link
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tsymlink tag[2] fid[4] name[s] symtgt[s] gid[4]
size[4] Rsymlink tag[2] qid[13]
DESCRIPTION
Create a symbolic link named 'name' pointing to 'symtgt'.
gid represents the effective group id of the caller.
The permissions of a symbolic link are irrelevant hence it is omitted
from the protocol.
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch adds a helper function to get the dentry from inode and
uses it in creating a Hardlink
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tlink tag[2] dfid[4] oldfid[4] newpath[s]
size[4] Rlink tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
Create a link 'newpath' in directory pointed by dfid linking to oldfid path.
[sripathik@in.ibm.com : p9_client_link should not free req structure
if p9_client_rpc has returned an error.]
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tsetattr tag[2] attr[n]
size[4] Rsetattr tag[2]
DESCRIPTION
The setattr command changes some of the file status information.
attr resembles the iattr structure used in Linux kernel. It
specifies which status parameter is to be changed and to what
value. It is laid out as follows:
valid[4]
specifies which status information is to be changed. Possible
values are:
ATTR_MODE (1 << 0)
ATTR_UID (1 << 1)
ATTR_GID (1 << 2)
ATTR_SIZE (1 << 3)
ATTR_ATIME (1 << 4)
ATTR_MTIME (1 << 5)
ATTR_ATIME_SET (1 << 7)
ATTR_MTIME_SET (1 << 8)
The last two bits represent whether the time information
is being sent by the client's user space. In the absense
of these bits the server always uses server's time.
mode[4]
File permission bits
uid[4]
Owner id of file
gid[4]
Group id of the file
size[8]
File size
atime_sec[8]
Time of last file access, seconds
atime_nsec[8]
Time of last file access, nanoseconds
mtime_sec[8]
Time of last file modification, seconds
mtime_nsec[8]
Time of last file modification, nanoseconds
Explanation of the patches:
--------------------------
*) The kernel just copies relevent contents of iattr structure to
p9_iattr_dotl structure and passes it down to the client. The
only check it has is calling inode_change_ok()
*) The p9_iattr_dotl structure does not have ctime and ia_file
parameters because I don't think these are needed in our case.
The client user space can request updating just ctime by calling
chown(fd, -1, -1). This is handled on server side without a need
for putting ctime on the wire.
*) The server currently supports changing mode, time, ownership and
size of the file.
*) 9P RFC says "Either all the changes in wstat request happen, or
none of them does: if the request succeeds, all changes were made;
if it fails, none were."
I have not done anything to implement this specifically because I
don't see a reason.
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Tgetattr tag[2] fid[4] request_mask[8]
size[4] Rgetattr tag[2] lstat[n]
DESCRIPTION
The getattr transaction inquires about the file identified by fid.
request_mask is a bit mask that specifies which fields of the
stat structure is the client interested in.
The reply will contain a machine-independent directory entry,
laid out as follows:
st_result_mask[8]
Bit mask that indicates which fields in the stat structure
have been populated by the server
qid.type[1]
the type of the file (directory, etc.), represented as a bit
vector corresponding to the high 8 bits of the file's mode
word.
qid.vers[4]
version number for given path
qid.path[8]
the file server's unique identification for the file
st_mode[4]
Permission and flags
st_uid[4]
User id of owner
st_gid[4]
Group ID of owner
st_nlink[8]
Number of hard links
st_rdev[8]
Device ID (if special file)
st_size[8]
Size, in bytes
st_blksize[8]
Block size for file system IO
st_blocks[8]
Number of file system blocks allocated
st_atime_sec[8]
Time of last access, seconds
st_atime_nsec[8]
Time of last access, nanoseconds
st_mtime_sec[8]
Time of last modification, seconds
st_mtime_nsec[8]
Time of last modification, nanoseconds
st_ctime_sec[8]
Time of last status change, seconds
st_ctime_nsec[8]
Time of last status change, nanoseconds
st_btime_sec[8]
Time of creation (birth) of file, seconds
st_btime_nsec[8]
Time of creation (birth) of file, nanoseconds
st_gen[8]
Inode generation
st_data_version[8]
Data version number
request_mask and result_mask bit masks contain the following bits
#define P9_STATS_MODE 0x00000001ULL
#define P9_STATS_NLINK 0x00000002ULL
#define P9_STATS_UID 0x00000004ULL
#define P9_STATS_GID 0x00000008ULL
#define P9_STATS_RDEV 0x00000010ULL
#define P9_STATS_ATIME 0x00000020ULL
#define P9_STATS_MTIME 0x00000040ULL
#define P9_STATS_CTIME 0x00000080ULL
#define P9_STATS_INO 0x00000100ULL
#define P9_STATS_SIZE 0x00000200ULL
#define P9_STATS_BLOCKS 0x00000400ULL
#define P9_STATS_BTIME 0x00000800ULL
#define P9_STATS_GEN 0x00001000ULL
#define P9_STATS_DATA_VERSION 0x00002000ULL
#define P9_STATS_BASIC 0x000007ffULL
#define P9_STATS_ALL 0x00003fffULL
This patch implements the client side of getattr implementation for
9P2000.L. It introduces a new structure p9_stat_dotl for getting
Linux stat information along with QID. The data layout is similar to
stat structure in Linux user space with the following major
differences:
inode (st_ino) is not part of data. Instead qid is.
device (st_dev) is not part of data because this doesn't make sense
on the client.
All time variables are 64 bit wide on the wire. The kernel seems to use
32 bit variables for these variables. However, some of the architectures
have used 64 bit variables and glibc exposes 64 bit variables to user
space on some architectures. Hence to be on the safer side we have made
these 64 bit in the protocol. Refer to the comments in
include/asm-generic/stat.h
There are some additional fields: st_btime_sec, st_btime_nsec, st_gen,
st_data_version apart from the bitmask, st_result_mask. The bit mask
is filled by the server to indicate which stat fields have been
populated by the server. Currently there is no clean way for the
server to obtain these additional fields, so it sends back just the
basic fields.
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbegren <ericvh@gmail.com>
This patch implements the kernel part of readdir() implementation for 9p2000.L
Change from V3: Instead of inode, server now sends qids for each dirent
SYNOPSIS
size[4] Treaddir tag[2] fid[4] offset[8] count[4]
size[4] Rreaddir tag[2] count[4] data[count]
DESCRIPTION
The readdir request asks the server to read the directory specified by 'fid'
at an offset specified by 'offset' and return as many dirent structures as
possible that fit into count bytes. Each dirent structure is laid out as
follows.
qid.type[1]
the type of the file (directory, etc.), represented as a bit
vector corresponding to the high 8 bits of the file's mode
word.
qid.vers[4]
version number for given path
qid.path[8]
the file server's unique identification for the file
offset[8]
offset into the next dirent.
type[1]
type of this directory entry.
name[256]
name of this directory entry.
This patch adds v9fs_dir_readdir_dotl() as the readdir() call for 9p2000.L.
This function sends P9_TREADDIR command to the server. In response the server
sends a buffer filled with dirent structures. This is different from the
existing v9fs_dir_readdir() call which receives stat structures from the server.
This results in significant speedup of readdir() on large directories.
For example, doing 'ls >/dev/null' on a directory with 10000 files on my
laptop takes 1.088 seconds with the existing code, but only takes 0.339 seconds
with the new readdir.
Signed-off-by: Sripathi Kodi <sripathik@in.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Van Hensbergen <ericvh@gmail.com>
The only user of unique_tuple() get_unique_tuple() doesn't care about the
return value of unique_tuple(), so make unique_tuple() return void (nothing).
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
This removes duplicate code by providing a default implementation
which is used by 3 of the 4 modules that provide these call.
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
some users of nf_ct_ext_exist() know ct->ext isn't NULL. For these users, the
check for ct->ext isn't necessary, the function __nf_ct_ext_exist() can be
used instead.
the type of the return value of nf_ct_ext_exist() is changed to bool.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
The bdaddr in the list root is completely unused and just
taking up space.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Tested-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some features require knowing the DTIM period
before associating. This implements the ability
to wait for a beacon in mac80211 before assoc
to provide this value. It is optional since
most likely not all drivers will need this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For some drivers it can be useful to know whether the channel they're
supposed to switch to is going to be used for short off-channel work or
scanning, or whether the hardware is expected to stay on it for a while
longer. This is important for various kinds of calibration work, which
takes longer to complete and should keep some persistent state, even if
the channel temporarily changes.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Save a few bytes of text
(allyesconfig)
$ size drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
3924568 100548 871056 4896172 4ab5ac drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o.new
3926520 100548 871464 4898532 4abee4 drivers/net/wireless/built-in.o.old
$ size net/wireless/core.o*
text data bss dec hex filename
12843 216 3768 16827 41bb net/wireless/core.o.new
12328 216 3656 16200 3f48 net/wireless/core.o
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes hang when target device of mirred packet classifier
action is removed.
If a mirror or redirection action is configured to cause packets
to go to another device, the classifier holds a ref count, but was assuming
the adminstrator cleaned up all redirections before removing. The fix
is to add a notifier and cleanup during unregister.
The new list is implicitly protected by RTNL mutex because
it is held during filter add/delete as well as notifier.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use nf_conntrack/nf_nat code to do the packet mangling and the TCP
sequence adjusting. The function 'ip_vs_skb_replace' is now dead
code, so it is removed.
To SNAT FTP, use something like:
% iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m ipvs --vaddr 192.168.100.30/32 \
--vport 21 -j SNAT --to-source 192.168.10.10
and for the data connections in passive mode:
% iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m ipvs --vaddr 192.168.100.30/32 \
--vportctl 21 -j SNAT --to-source 192.168.10.10
using '-m state --state RELATED' would also works.
Make sure the kernel modules ip_vs_ftp, nf_conntrack_ftp, and
nf_nat_ftp are loaded.
[ up-port and minor fixes by Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au> ]
Signed-off-by: Hannes Eder <heder@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Network code uses the __packed macro instead of __attribute__((packed)).
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Remove IRDA_PACKED macro, which maps to __attribute__((packed)). IRDA is
one of the last users of __attribute__((packet)). Networking code uses
__packed now.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To make net/ and include/net/ code consistent use __packed instead of
__attribute__ ((packed)). Bluetooth subsystem was one of the last net
subsys still using __attribute__ ((packed)).
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Implements feature to reassemble received HCI frames from any input stream
Signed-off-by: Suraj Sumangala <suraj@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Copyright for the time I worked on L2CAP during the Google Summer of Code
program.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Using a lock to deal with the ERTM race condition - interruption with
new data from the hci layer - is wrong. We should use the native skb
backlog queue.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When mode is mandatory we shall not send connect request and report this
to the userspace as well.
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Qualcomm, Inc. has reassigned rights to Code Aurora Forum. Accordingly,
as files are modified by Code Aurora Forum members, the copyright
statement will be updated.
Signed-off-by: Ron Shaffer <rshaffer@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Deleted extraneous white space from the end of several lines
Signed-off-by: Ron Shaffer <rshaffer@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In some circumstances it could be desirable to reject incoming
connections on the baseband level. This patch adds this feature through
two new ioctl's: HCIBLOCKADDR and HCIUNBLOCKADDR. Both take a simple
Bluetooth address as a parameter. BDADDR_ANY can be used with
HCIUNBLOCKADDR to remove all devices from the blacklist.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Conflicts:
drivers/vhost/net.c
net/bridge/br_device.c
Fix merge conflict in drivers/vhost/net.c with guidance from
Stephen Rothwell.
Revert the effects of net-2.6 commit 573201f36f
since net-next-2.6 has fixes that make bridge netpoll work properly thus
we don't need it disabled.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CHECK net/wireless/wext-compat.c
net/wireless/wext-compat.c:1434:5: warning: symbol 'cfg80211_wext_siwpmksa' was not declared. Should it be static?
Add declaration in cfg80211.h. Also add an EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL, since all
the peer functions have it.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The meaning and/or usage of the country IE is somewhat poorly defined.
In practice, this means that regulatory rulesets in a country IE are
often incomplete and might be untrustworthy. This removes the code
associated with interpreting those rulesets while preserving respect
for country "alpha2" codes also contained in the country IE.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Ever since
commit e1b3ec1a2a
Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Date: Mon Mar 29 12:18:34 2010 +0200
mac80211: explicitly disable/enable QoS
mac80211 is telling drivers, in particular
iwlwifi, whether QoS is enabled or not.
However, this is only relevant for station mode,
since only then will any device send nullfunc
frames and need to know whether they should be
QoS frames or not. In other modes, there are
(currently) no frames the device is supposed to
send.
When you now consider virtual interfaces, it
becomes apparent that the current mechanism is
inadequate since it enables/disables QoS on a
global scale, where for nullfunc frames it has
to be on a per-interface scale.
Due to the above considerations, we can change
the way mac80211 advertises the QoS state to
drivers to only ever advertise it as "off" in
station mode, and make it a per-BSS setting.
Tested-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Correct comment stating sizeof(struct tcp_skb_cb) is 36 or 40, since its
44 bytes, since commit 951dbc8ac7 ([IPV6]: Move nextheader offset
to the IP6CB).
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch moves NFULNL_COPY_PACKET definition from
linux/netfilter/nfnetlink_log.h to net/netfilter/nfnetlink_log.h
since this copy mode is only for internal use.
I have also changed the value from 0x03 to 0xff. Thus, we avoid
a gap from user-space that may confuse users if we add new
copy modes in the future.
This change was introduced in:
http://www.spinics.net/lists/netfilter-devel/msg13535.html
Since this change is not included in any stable Linux kernel,
I think it's safe to make this change now. Anyway, this copy
mode does not make any sense from user-space, so this patch
should not break any existing setup.
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Fix problem in reading the tx_queue recorded in a socket. In
dev_pick_tx, the TX queue is read by doing a check with
sk_tx_queue_recorded on the socket, followed by a sk_tx_queue_get.
The problem is that there is not mutual exclusion across these
calls in the socket so it it is possible that the queue in the
sock can be invalidated after sk_tx_queue_recorded is called so
that sk_tx_queue get returns -1, which sets 65535 in queue_index
and thus dev_pick_tx returns 65536 which is a bogus queue and
can cause crash in dev_queue_xmit.
We fix this by only calling sk_tx_queue_get which does the proper
checks. The interface is that sk_tx_queue_get returns the TX queue
if the sock argument is non-NULL and TX queue is recorded, else it
returns -1. sk_tx_queue_recorded is no longer used so it can be
completely removed.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
a new boolean flag no_autobind is added to structure proto to avoid the autobind
calls when the protocol is TCP. Then sock_rps_record_flow() is called int the
TCP's sendmsg() and sendpage() pathes.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
include/net/inet_common.h | 4 ++++
include/net/sock.h | 1 +
include/net/tcp.h | 8 ++++----
net/ipv4/af_inet.c | 15 +++++++++------
net/ipv4/tcp.c | 11 +++++------
net/ipv4/tcp_ipv4.c | 3 +++
net/ipv6/af_inet6.c | 8 ++++----
net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c | 3 +++
8 files changed, 33 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reducing real_num_queues needs to flush the qdisc otherwise
skbs with queue_mappings greater then real_num_tx_queues can
be sent to the underlying driver.
The flow for this is,
dev_queue_xmit()
dev_pick_tx()
skb_tx_hash() => hash using real_num_tx_queues
skb_set_queue_mapping()
...
qdisc_enqueue_root() => enqueue skb on txq from hash
...
dev->real_num_tx_queues -= n
...
sch_direct_xmit()
dev_hard_start_xmit()
ndo_start_xmit(skb,dev) => skb queue set with old hash
skbs are enqueued on the qdisc with skb->queue_mapping set
0 < queue_mappings < real_num_tx_queues. When the driver
decreases real_num_tx_queues skb's may be dequeued from the
qdisc with a queue_mapping greater then real_num_tx_queues.
This fixes a case in ixgbe where this was occurring with DCB
and FCoE. Because the driver is using queue_mapping to map
skbs to tx descriptor rings we can potentially map skbs to
rings that no longer exist.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ross Brattain <ross.b.brattain@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When calling qdisc_reset() the qdisc lock needs to be held. In
this case there is at least one driver i4l which is using this
without holding the lock. Add the locking here.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
add fast path for in-order fragments
As the fragments are sent in order in most of OSes, such as Windows, Darwin and
FreeBSD, it is likely the new fragments are at the end of the inet_frag_queue.
In the fast path, we check if the skb at the end of the inet_frag_queue is the
prev we expect.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
include/net/inet_frag.h | 1 +
net/ipv4/ip_fragment.c | 12 ++++++++++++
net/ipv6/reassembly.c | 11 +++++++++++
3 files changed, 24 insertions(+)
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
/proc/net/snmp and /proc/net/netstat expose SNMP counters.
Width of these counters is either 32 or 64 bits, depending on the size
of "unsigned long" in kernel.
This means user program parsing these files must already be prepared to
deal with 64bit values, regardless of user program being 32 or 64 bit.
This patch introduces 64bit snmp values for IPSTAT mib, where some
counters can wrap pretty fast if they are 32bit wide.
# netstat -s|egrep "InOctets|OutOctets"
InOctets: 244068329096
OutOctets: 244069348848
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Determine the size of the xfrm_mark struct, not of its pointer.
Signed-off-by: Andreas Steffen <andreas.steffen@strongswan.org>
Acked-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces the CAIF SPI Protocol Driver for
CAIF Link Layer.
This driver implements a platform driver to accommodate for a
platform specific SPI device. A general platform driver is not
possible as there are no SPI Slave side Kernel API defined.
A sample CAIF SPI Platform device can be found in
.../Documentation/networking/caif/spi_porting.txt
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland <sjur.brandeland@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
don't clone skb when skb isn't shared
When the tcf_action is TC_ACT_STOLEN, and the skb isn't shared, we don't need
to clone a new skb. As the skb will be freed after this function returns, we
can use it freely once we get a reference to it.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
----
include/net/sch_generic.h | 11 +++++++++--
net/sched/act_mirred.c | 6 +++---
2 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)
Signed-off-by: Jamal Hadi Salim <hadi@cyberus.ca>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows use of ECN when syncookies are in effect by encoding ecn_ok
into the syn-ack tcp timestamp.
While at it, remove a uneeded #ifdef CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES.
With CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES=nm want_cookie is ifdef'd to 0 and gcc
removes the "if (0)".
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for 64bit snmp counters for some mibs,
add an 'align' parameter to snmp_mib_init(), instead
of assuming mibs only contain 'unsigned long' fields.
Callers can use __alignof__(type) to provide correct
alignment.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
CC: Arnaldo Carvalho de Melo <acme@ghostprotocols.net>
CC: Hideaki YOSHIFUJI <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
CC: Vlad Yasevich <vladislav.yasevich@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Check at rule install time that CT accounting is enabled. Force it
to be enabled if not while also emitting a warning since this is not
the default state.
This is in preparation for deprecating CONFIG_NF_CT_ACCT upon which
CONFIG_NETFILTER_XT_MATCH_CONNBYTES depended being set.
Added 2 CT accounting support functions:
nf_ct_acct_enabled() - Get CT accounting state.
nf_ct_set_acct() - Enable/disable CT accountuing.
Signed-off-by: Tim Gardner <tim.gardner@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Jan Engelhardt <jengelh@medozas.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
In preparation for a TX power setting interface in the nl80211, change the
.set_tx_power function to use mBm units instead of dBm for greater accuracy and
smaller power levels.
Also, already in advance move the tx_power_setting enumeration to nl80211.
This change affects the .tx_set_power function prototype. As a result, the
corresponding changes are needed to modules using it. These are mac80211,
iwmc3200wifi and rndis_wlan.
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Cc: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
this patch is implementing IP_NODEFRAG option for IPv4 socket.
The reason is, there's no other way to send out the packet with user
customized header of the reassembly part.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix a typo in include/net/netlink.h
should be finalize instead of finanlize
Signed-off-by: Justin P. Mattock <justinmattock@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit aa2ea0586d (tcp: fix outsegs stat for TSO segments) incorrectly
assumed SNMP_ADD_STATS() was used from BH context.
Fix this using mib[!in_softirq()] instead of mib[0]
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This mechanism introduced in this patch applies (at least) for hardware
designs using a single shared antenna for both WLAN and BT. In these designs,
the antenna must be toggled between WLAN and BT.
In those hardware, managing WLAN co-existence with Bluetooth requires WLAN
full power save whenever there is Bluetooth activity in order for WLAN to be
able to periodically relinquish the antenna to be used for BT. This is because
BT can only access the shared antenna when WLAN is idle or asleep.
Some hardware, for instance the wl1271, are able to indicate to the host
whenever there is BT traffic. In essence, the hardware will send an indication
to the host whenever there is, for example, SCO traffic or A2DP traffic, and
will send another indication when the traffic is over.
The hardware gets information of Bluetooth traffic via hardware co-existence
control lines - these lines are used to negotiate the shared antenna
ownership. The hardware will give the antenna to BT whenever WLAN is sleeping.
This patch adds the interface to mac80211 to facilitate temporarily disabling
of dynamic power save as per request of the WLAN driver. This interface will
immediately force WLAN to full powersave, hence allowing BT coexistence as
described above.
In these kind of shared antenna desings, when WLAN powersave is fully disabled,
Bluetooth will not work simultaneously with WLAN at all. This patch does not
address that problem. This interface will not change PSM state, so if PSM is
disabled it will remain so. Solving this problem requires knowledge about BT
state, and is best done in user-space.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previously CAIF supported maximum transfer size of ~4050.
The transfer size is now calculated dynamically based on the
link layers mtu size.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland@stericsson.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
CAIF Remote File Manager may send or receive more than 4050 bytes.
Due to this The CAIF RFM service have to support segmentation.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland@stericsson.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Flow control is not used by all CAIF services.
The usage of flow control is now part of the gerneal
initialization function for CAIF Services.
Signed-off-by: Sjur Braendeland@stericsson.com
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2.6.34 introduced 'conntrack zones' to deal with cases where packets
from multiple identical networks are handled by conntrack/NAT. Packets
are looped through veth devices, during which they are NATed to private
addresses, after which they can continue normally through the stack
and possibly have NAT rules applied a second time.
This works well, but is needlessly complicated for cases where only
a single SNAT/DNAT mapping needs to be applied to these packets. In that
case, all that needs to be done is to assign each network to a seperate
zone and perform NAT as usual. However this doesn't work for packets
destined for the machine performing NAT itself since its corrently not
possible to configure SNAT mappings for the LOCAL_IN chain.
This patch adds a new INPUT chain to the NAT table and changes the
targets performing SNAT to be usable in that chain.
Example usage with two identical networks (192.168.0.0/24) on eth0/eth1:
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth0 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth0 -j MARK --set-mark 1
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth1 -j CT --zone 2
iptabels -t raw -A PREROUTING -i eth1 -j MARK --set-mark 2
iptables -t nat -A INPUT -m mark --mark 1 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m mark --mark 1 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A INPUT -m mark --mark 2 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.1.0/24
iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -m mark --mark 2 -j NETMAP --to 10.0.1.0/24
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A OUTPUT -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j CT --zone 1
iptables -t raw -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j CT --zone 2
iptables -t raw -A OUTPUT -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j CT --zone 2
iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A OUTPUT -d 10.0.0.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A PREROUTING -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
iptables -t nat -A OUTPUT -d 10.0.1.0/24 -j NETMAP --to 192.168.0.0/24
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
In unix_skb_parms store pointers to struct pid and struct cred instead
of raw uid, gid, and pid values, then translate the credentials on
reception into values that are meaningful in the receiving processes
namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Start capturing not only the userspace pid, uid and gid values of the
sending process but also the struct pid and struct cred of the sending
process as well.
This is in preparation for properly supporting SCM_CREDENTIALS for
sockets that have different uid and/or pid namespaces at the different
ends.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Serge E. Hallyn <serge@hallyn.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use struct pid and struct cred to store the peer credentials on struct
sock. This gives enough information to convert the peer credential
information to a value relative to whatever namespace the socket is in
at the time.
This removes nasty surprises when using SO_PEERCRED on socket
connetions where the processes on either side are in different pid and
user namespaces.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Daniel Lezcano <daniel.lezcano@free.fr>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reorder the fields in scm_cookie so they pack better on 64bit.
Signed-off-by: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Acked-by: Pavel Emelyanov <xemul@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Discard the ACK if we find options that do not match current sysctl
settings.
Previously it was possible to create a connection with sack, wscale,
etc. enabled even if the feature was disabled via sysctl.
Also remove an unneeded call to tcp_sack_reset() in
cookie_check_timestamp: Both call sites (cookie_v4_check,
cookie_v6_check) zero "struct tcp_options_received", hand it to
tcp_parse_options() (which does not change tcp_opt->num_sacks/dsack)
and then call cookie_check_timestamp().
Even if num_sacks/dsacks were changed, the structure is allocated on
the stack and after cookie_check_timestamp returns only a few selected
members are copied to the inet_request_sock.
Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Addition of rcu_head to struct inet_peer added 16bytes on 64bit arches.
Thats a bit unfortunate, since old size was exactly 64 bytes.
This can be solved, using an union between this rcu_head an four fields,
that are normally used only when a refcount is taken on inet_peer.
rcu_head is used only when refcnt=-1, right before structure freeing.
Add a inet_peer_refcheck() function to check this assertion for a while.
We can bring back SLAB_HWCACHE_ALIGN qualifier in kmem cache creation.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
inetpeer currently uses an AVL tree protected by an rwlock.
It's possible to make most lookups use RCU
1) Add a struct rcu_head to struct inet_peer
2) add a lookup_rcu_bh() helper to perform lockless and opportunistic
lookup. This is a normal function, not a macro like lookup().
3) Add a limit to number of links followed by lookup_rcu_bh(). This is
needed in case we fall in a loop.
4) add an smp_wmb() in link_to_pool() right before node insert.
5) make unlink_from_pool() use atomic_cmpxchg() to make sure it can take
last reference to an inet_peer, since lockless readers could increase
refcount, even while we hold peers.lock.
6) Delay struct inet_peer freeing after rcu grace period so that
lookup_rcu_bh() cannot crash.
7) inet_getpeer() first attempts lockless lookup.
Note this lookup can fail even if target is in AVL tree, but a
concurrent writer can let tree in a non correct form.
If this attemps fails, lock is taken a regular lookup is performed
again.
8) convert peers.lock from rwlock to a spinlock
9) Remove SLAB_HWCACHE_ALIGN when peer_cachep is created, because
rcu_head adds 16 bytes on 64bit arches, doubling effective size (64 ->
128 bytes)
In a future patch, this is probably possible to revert this part, if rcu
field is put in an union to share space with rid, ip_id_count, tcp_ts &
tcp_ts_stamp. These fields being manipulated only with refcnt > 0.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The ps-qos latency handling is broken. It uses predetermined latency values
to select specific dynamic PS timeouts. With common AP configurations, these
values overlap with beacon interval and are therefore essentially useless
(for network latencies less than the beacon interval, PSM is disabled.)
This patch remedies the problem by replacing the predetermined network latency
values with one high value (1900ms) which is used to go trigger full psm. For
backwards compatibility, the value 2000ms is still mapped to a dynamic ps
timeout of 100ms.
Currently also the mac80211 internal value for storing user space configured
dynamic PSM values is incorrectly in the driver visible ieee80211_conf struct.
Move it to the ieee80211_local struct.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is a circular locking dependency when configuring the
hardware ARP filters on association, occurring when flushing the mac80211
workqueue. This is what happens:
[ 92.026800] =======================================================
[ 92.030507] [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
[ 92.030507] 2.6.34-04781-g2b2c009 #85
[ 92.030507] -------------------------------------------------------
[ 92.030507] modprobe/5225 is trying to acquire lock:
[ 92.030507] ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8105b5c0>] flush_workq
ueue+0x0/0xb0
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] but task is already holding lock:
[ 92.030507] (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] which lock already depends on the new lock.
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] -> #2 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81341754>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x300
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022d47c>] ieee80211_assoc_done+0x6c/0xe0 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022f2ad>] ieee80211_work_work+0x31d/0x1280 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] -> #1 ((&local->work_work)){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105a51a>] worker_thread+0x22a/0x370
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105ecc6>] kthread+0x96/0xb0
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81003a94>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] -> #0 ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81075fdc>] __lock_acquire+0x1c0c/0x1d50
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105b60e>] flush_workqueue+0x4e/0xb0
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa023ff7b>] ieee80211_stop_device+0x2b/0xb0 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa0231635>] ieee80211_stop+0x3e5/0x680 [mac80211]
The locking in this case is quite complex. Fix the problem by rewriting the
way the hardware ARP filter list is handled - i.e. make a copy of the address
list to the bss_conf struct, and provide that list to the hardware driver
when needed.
The current patch will enable filtering also in promiscuous mode. This may need
to be changed in the future.
Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds support to nl80211 and mac80211 to set basic rates when
joining/creating ibss network.
Original patch was posted by Johannes Berg on the linux-wireless posting list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Teemu Paasikivi <ext-teemu.3.paasikivi@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow drivers to sleep, and indicate this in
the documentation. ath9k has some locking I
don't understand, so keep it safe and disable
BHs in it, all other drivers look fine with
the context change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The non-irqsafe aggregation start/stop done
callbacks are currently only used by ath9k_htc,
and can cause callbacks into the driver again.
This might lead to locking issues, which will
only get worse as we modify locking. To avoid
trouble, remove the non-irqsafe versions and
change ath9k_htc to use those instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
gen_kill_estimator() API is incomplete or not well documented, since
caller should make sure an RCU grace period is respected before
freeing stats_lock.
This was partially addressed in commit 5d944c640b
(gen_estimator: deadlock fix), but same problem exist for all
gen_kill_estimator() users, if lock they use is not already RCU
protected.
A code review shows xt_RATEEST.c, act_api.c, act_police.c have this
problem. Other are ok because they use qdisc lock, already RCU
protected.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
remove useless union keyword in rtable, rt6_info and dn_route.
Since there is only one member in a union, the union keyword isn't useful.
Signed-off-by: Changli Gao <xiaosuo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
commit 66018506e1 (ip: Router Alert RCU conversion) introduced RCU
lookups to ip_call_ra_chain(). It missed proper deinit phase :
When ip_ra_control() deletes an ip_ra_chain, it should make sure
ip_call_ra_chain() users can not start to use socket during the rcu
grace period. It should also delay the sock_put() after the grace
period, or we risk a premature socket freeing and corruptions, as
raw sockets are not rcu protected yet.
This delay avoids using expensive atomic_inc_not_zero() in
ip_call_ra_chain().
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use call_rcu rather than synchronize_rcu.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
NOTRACK makes all cpus share a cache line on nf_conntrack_untracked
twice per packet, slowing down performance.
This patch converts it to a per_cpu variable.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
NOTRACK makes all cpus share a cache line on nf_conntrack_untracked
twice per packet. This is bad for performance.
__read_mostly annotation is also a bad choice.
This patch introduces IPS_UNTRACKED bit so that we can use later a
per_cpu untrack structure more easily.
A new helper, nf_ct_untracked_get() returns a pointer to
nf_conntrack_untracked.
Another one, nf_ct_untracked_status_or() is used by nf_nat_init() to add
IPS_NAT_DONE_MASK bits to untracked status.
nf_ct_is_untracked() prototype is changed to work on a nf_conn pointer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Fix a whole bunch of kernel-doc warnings
and errors that crop up when running it on
mac80211 and cfg80211; the latter isn't
normally done so lots of bit-rot happened.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We currently dirty two cache lines in struct xt_rateest, this hurts SMP
performance.
This patch moves lock/bstats/rstats at beginning of structure so that
they share a single cache line.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Straightforward conversion to RCU.
One rwlock becomes a spinlock, and is static.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch address a serious performance issue in reading the
TCP sockets table (/proc/net/tcp).
Reading the full table is done by a number of sequential read
operations. At each read operation, a seek is done to find the
last socket that was previously read. This seek operation requires
that the sockets in the table need to be counted up to the current
file position, and to count each of these requires taking a lock for
each non-empty bucket. The whole algorithm is O(n^2).
The fix is to cache the last bucket value, offset within the bucket,
and the file position returned by the last read operation. On the
next sequential read, the bucket and offset are used to find the
last read socket immediately without needing ot scan the previous
buckets the table. This algorithm t read the whole table is O(n).
The improvement offered by this patch is easily show by performing
cat'ing /proc/net/tcp on a machine with a lot of connections. With
about 182K connections in the table, I see the following:
- Without patch
time cat /proc/net/tcp > /dev/null
real 1m56.729s
user 0m0.214s
sys 1m56.344s
- With patch
time cat /proc/net/tcp > /dev/null
real 0m0.894s
user 0m0.290s
sys 0m0.594s
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
xfrm triggers a warning if dst_pop() drops a refcount
on a noref dst. This patch changes dst_pop() to
skb_dst_pop(). skb_dst_pop() drops the refcnt only
on a refcounted dst. Also we don't clone the child
dst_entry, so it is not refcounted and we can use
skb_dst_set_noref() in xfrm_output_one().
Signed-off-by: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
STA_NOTIFY_ADD and STA_NOTIFY_REMOVE have no users anymore,
and station addition/removal are indicated to drivers
using sta_add() and sta_remove(), which can sleep.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no sense in letting anything but internal
mac80211 functions set the initiator to anything
but WLAN_BACK_INITIATOR, since WLAN_BACK_RECIPIENT
is only valid when we have received a frame from
the peer, which we react to directly in mac80211.
The debugfs code I recently added got this wrong
as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some hardware allow extended filtering of ARP frames not intended for
the host. To perform such filtering, the hardware needs to know the current
IP address(es) of the host, bound to its interface.
Add support for ARP filtering to mac80211 by adding a new op to the driver
interface, allowing to configure the current IP addresses. This op is called
upon association with the currently configured address(es), and when
associated whenever the IP address(es) change.
This patch adds configuration of IPv4 addresses only, as IPv6 addresses don't
need ARP filtering.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's a single use of this struct member, but
as it is write-only it clearly not necessary.
Thus we can free up some space here, even if we
don't need it right now it seems pointless to
carry around the variable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cleanup patch.
Use new __packed annotation in net/ and include/
(except netfilter)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending action frames, we want to verify
that we do that on the correct channel. However,
checking the channel type in addition can get in
the way, since the channel type could change on
the fly during an association, and it's not
useful to have the channel type anyway since it
has no effect on the transmission. Therefore,
make it optional to specify so that if wanted,
it can still be checked, but is not required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are more than a dozen occurrences of following code in the
IPv6 stack:
if (opt && opt->srcrt) {
struct rt0_hdr *rt0 = (struct rt0_hdr *) opt->srcrt;
ipv6_addr_copy(&final, &fl.fl6_dst);
ipv6_addr_copy(&fl.fl6_dst, rt0->addr);
final_p = &final;
}
Replace those with a helper. Note that the helper overrides final_p
in all cases. This is ok as final_p was previously initialized to
NULL when declared.
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Ebalard <arno@natisbad.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use read_pnet() and write_pnet() to reduce number of ifdef CONFIG_NET_NS
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When many cpus compete for sending frames on a given qdisc, the qdisc
spinlock suffers from very high contention.
The cpu owning __QDISC_STATE_RUNNING bit has same priority to acquire
the lock, and cannot dequeue packets fast enough, since it must wait for
this lock for each dequeued packet.
One solution to this problem is to force all cpus spinning on a second
lock before trying to get the main lock, when/if they see
__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING already set.
The owning cpu then compete with at most one other cpu for the main
lock, allowing for higher dequeueing rate.
Based on a previous patch from Alexander Duyck. I added the heuristic to
avoid the atomic in fast path, and put the new lock far away from the
cache line used by the dequeue worker. Also try to release the busylock
lock as late as possible.
Tests with following script gave a boost from ~50.000 pps to ~600.000
pps on a dual quad core machine (E5450 @3.00GHz), tg3 driver.
(A single netperf flow can reach ~800.000 pps on this platform)
for j in `seq 0 3`; do
for i in `seq 0 7`; do
netperf -H 192.168.0.1 -t UDP_STREAM -l 60 -N -T $i -- -m 6 &
done
done
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Duyck <alexander.h.duyck@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
__QDISC_STATE_RUNNING is always changed while qdisc lock is held.
We can avoid two atomic operations in xmit path, if we move this bit in
a new __state container.
Location of this __state container is carefully chosen so that fast path
only dirties one qdisc cache line.
THROTTLED bit could later be moved into this __state location too, to
avoid dirtying first qdisc cache line.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Define three helpers to manipulate QDISC_STATE_RUNNIG flag, that a
second patch will move on another location.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
